2004 legacy service manual quick …2003 legacy service manual quick reference index engine section...
TRANSCRIPT
2004 LEGACY SERVICE MANUAL QUICK REFERENCE INDEX
ENGINE SECTION 1
This service manual has been preparedto provide SUBARU service personnelwith the necessary information and datafor the correct maintenance and repairof SUBARU vehicles.This manual includes the proceduresfor maintenance, disassembling, reas-sembling, inspection and adjustment ofcomponents and diagnostics for guid-ance of experienced mechanics.Please peruse and utilize this manualfully to ensure complete repair work forsatisfying our customers by keepingtheir vehicle in optimum condition.When replacement of parts duringrepair work is needed, be sure to useSUBARU genuine parts.
All information, illustration and specifi-cations contained in this manual arebased on the latest product informationavailable at the time of publicationapproval.
FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD.
FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4SO 2.0)
EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)
EC(H4SO 2.0)
INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO 2.0)
MECHANICAL ME(H4SO 2.0)
EXHAUST EX(H4SO 2.0)
COOLING CO(H4SO 2.0)
LUBRICATION LU(H4SO 2.0)
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4SO 2.0)
IGNITION IG(H4SO 2.0)
STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H4SO 2.0)
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)
FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4SO 2.5)
EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)
EC(H4SO 2.5)
INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO 2.5)
MECHANICAL ME(H4SO 2.5)
EXHAUST EX(H4SO 2.5)
COOLING CO(H4SO 2.5)
G2320GE2
2003 LEGACY SERVICE MANUAL QUICK REFERENCE INDEX
ENGINE SECTION 1
LUBRICATION LU(H4SO 2.5)
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4SO 2.5)
IGNITION IG(H4SO 2.5)
STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H4SO 2.5)
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN(H4SO 2.5)(diag)
G2320GE2
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)
Page1. Basic Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................22. Check List for Interview...............................................................................33. General Description ....................................................................................54. Electrical Component Location ...................................................................85. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal .................................................176. Engine Condition Data ..............................................................................217. Data Link Connector .................................................................................228. OBD-II General Scan Tool ........................................................................239. Subaru Select Monitor...............................................................................25
10. Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ......................................................3111. Inspection Mode........................................................................................3212. Drive Cycle................................................................................................3613. Clear Memory Mode..................................................................................3814. Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode ...............................................3915. Malfunction Indicator Light ........................................................................4116. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.....................................................5117. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) .....................................................6618. Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) .....................7119. General Diagnostic Table........................................................................224
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Basic Diagnostic Procedure
1. Basic Diagnostic ProcedureA: PROCEDURE1. ENGINE
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE.
1) Ask the customer when and how the trou-ble occurred using the interview check list. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-3, CHECK, Check List for Interview.>2) Start the engine.
Does the engine start? Go to step 2. Inspection using “Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-51, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
2 CHECK ILLUMINATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?
Go to step 3. Inspection using “General Diagnos-tic Table”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-224, INSPECTION, General Diagnos-tic Table.>
3 CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON DISPLAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and the Sub-aru Select Monitor switch to ON.4) Read DTC on Subaru Select Monitor.
Is DTC displayed on the Sub-aru Select Monitor?
Record the DTC. Repair the trouble cause. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).> Go to step 4.
Repair the related parts.
NOTE:If DTC is notshown on displayalthough the en-gine warning lightilluminates, per-form the diagnos-tics of malfunctionindicator light cir-cuit or combinationmeter. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(di-ag)-41, Malfunc-tion IndicatorLight.>
4 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.1) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, Clear Memory Mode.>2) Perform the inspection mode. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, Inspection Mode.>
Is DTC displayed on the Sub-aru Select Monitor?
Check on “Diag-nostic Chart with Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC)”<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-71, Diagnostic Proce-dure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Finish the diagno-sis.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-2
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Check List for Interview
2. Check List for InterviewA: CHECK1. CHECK LIST No. 1Check the following items when problem has occurred.
NOTE:Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Customer’s name Engine No.
Date of sale Fuel brand
Date of repairOdometer reading
km
V.I.N. miles
Weather Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Various/Others:
Ambient air temperature °C (°F)
Hot Warm Cool Cold
Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Others:
Engine temperature Cold Warming-up After warming-up Any temperature Others:
Engine speed rpm
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Driving conditions Not affected At starting While idling At racing While accelerating While cruising While decelerating While turning (RH/LH)
Headlight ON / OFF Rear defogger ON / OFF
Blower ON / OFF Audio ON / OFF
A/C compressor ON / OFF Car phone ON / OFF
Radiator fan ON / OFF
Front wiper ON / OFF
Rear wiper ON / OFF
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-3
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Check List for Interview
2. CHECK LIST No. 2Check the following items about the vehicle’s state when malfunction indicator light turns on.
NOTE:Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. Yes / No
Low fuel warning light Charge indicator light AT diagnostic indicator light ABS warning light Oil pressure indicator light
b) Fuel level
• Lack of gasoline: Yes / No• Indicator position of fuel gauge:• Experienced running out of fuel: Yes / No
c) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords: Yes / No
• What:
d) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses: Yes / No
• What:
e) Installing of other parts except genuine parts: Yes / No
• What:• Where:
f) Occurrence of noise: Yes / No
• From where:• What kind:
g) Occurrence of smell: Yes / No
• From where:• What kind:
h) Intrusion of water into engine compartment or passenger compartment: Yes / No
i) Troubles occurred
Engine does not start. Engine stalls during idling. Engine stalls while driving. Engine speed decreases. Engine speed does not decrease. Rough idling Poor acceleration Back fire After fire Does not shift. Excessive shift shock
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-4
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Description
3. General DescriptionA: CAUTION1) Airbag system wiring harness is routed near theECM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
CAUTION:• All airbag system wiring harnesses and con-nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri-cal test equipment on these circuits.• Be careful not to damage the airbag systemwiring harness when servicing the ECM, TCM,main relay and fuel pump relay.2) Never connect the battery in reverse polarity.• The ECM will be destroyed instantly.• The fuel injector and other parts will be dam-aged.3) Do not disconnect the battery terminals while theengine is running.A large counter electromotive force will be generat-ed in the generator, and this voltage may damageelectronic parts such as ECM, etc.4) Before disconnecting the connectors of eachsensor and ECM, be sure to turn the ignition switchto OFF. Perform the inspection mode after con-necting the connectors.5) Poor contact has been identified as a primarycause of this problem. Measure the voltage or re-sistance of individual sensor or all electrical controlmodules using a tapered pin with a diameter of lessthan 0.64 mm (0.025 in). Do not insert the pin morethan 5 mm (0.20 in) into the part.6) Remove the ECM from the located position afterdisconnecting two cables on battery.Otherwise, the ECM may be damaged.
CAUTION:When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use the wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage on the fuel injection system.7) Connectors of each sensor in the engine com-partment and the harness connectors on the en-gine side and body side are all designed to bewaterproof. However, it is still necessary to takecare not to allow water to get into the connectorswhen washing the vehicle, or when servicing thevehicle on a rainy day.
8) Use ECM mounting stud bolts as the groundingpoint to body when measuring voltage and resis-tance inside the passenger compartment.
9) Use engine grounding terminal or engine as thegrounding point to body when measuring voltageand resistance in the engine compartment.
10) Use TCM mounting stud bolts as the groundingpoint to body when measuring voltage and resis-tance inside the passenger compartment.
11) Every MFI-related part is a precision part. Donot drop them.12) Observe the following cautions when installinga radio in MFI equipped models.
CAUTION:• The antenna must be kept as far apart as pos-sible from the control unit. (The ECM is locatedunder the steering column, inside of instrumentpanel lower trim panel.)
(A) Stud bolt
(A) Stud bolt
EN-00001
(A)
FU-02063
EN-00154(A)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-5
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Description
• The antenna feeder must be placed as farapart as possible from the ECM and MFI har-ness.• Carefully adjust the antenna for correctmatching.• When mounting a large power type radio, payspecial attention to the three items mentionedabove.• Incorrect installation of the radio may affectthe operation of ECM.13) Before disconnecting the fuel hose, disconnectthe fuel pump connector and crank the engine formore than five seconds to release pressure in thefuel system. If engine starts during this operation,run it until it stops.14) Problems in the electronic-controlled automatictransmission may be caused by failure of the en-gine, the electronic control system, the transmis-sion proper, or by a combination of these. Thesethree causes must be distinguished clearly whenperforming diagnostics.15) Diagnostics should be conducted by rotatingwith simple, easy operations and proceeding tocomplicated, difficult operations. The most impor-tant thing in diagnostics is to understand the cus-tomer’s complaint, and distinguish between thethree causes.16) For AT models, do not hold the stall for morethan five seconds. (from closed throttle, fully openthrottle to stall engine speed.)17) On the model with ABS, when performing driv-ing test in jacked-up or lifted-up position, some-times the warning light may be lit, but this is not amalfunction of the system. The reason for this is thespeed difference between the front and rearwheels. After diagnosis of engine control system,perform the ABS memory clear procedure of self-diagnosis function.
B: INSPECTIONBefore performing diagnostics, check the followingitems which might affect engine problems.
1. BATTERY1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity ofelectrolyte.
Standard voltage: 12 V
Specific gravity: Above 1.2602) Check the condition of the main and other fuses,and harnesses and connectors. Also check forproper grounding.
2. ENGINE GROUNDMake sure the engine grounding terminal is proper-ly connected to engine.
3. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONWhen detecting a malfunction by self-diagnosisfunction on ECM, malfunction indicator light illumi-nates and malfunction occurrence is displayed.Calling the self-diagnosis result is performed by theSubaru Select Monitor.
FU-02063
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-6
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Description
C: PREPARATION TOOLILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS
24082AA230 CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical system.
22771AA030 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR KIT
Troubleshooting for electrical system.• English: 22771AA030 (Without printer)• German: 22771AA070 (Without printer)• French: 22771AA080 (Without printer)• Spanish: 22771AA090 (Without printer)
ST24082AA230
ST22771AA030
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
4. Electrical Component LocationA: LOCATION1. ENGINE• Control module
(1) Engine control module (ECM) (3) Test mode connector (4) Data link connector
(2) Malfunction indicator light
EN-02413
(1)
(2)(4)
(3)
EN-02451
(1)(2)
(4)
(3)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-8
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
(1)
EN-01147 EN-01966(2)
(3)
EN-02414 AT-01877
(4)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-9
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
• Sensor
(1) Intake air temperature sensor (4) Electronic throttle control (6) Camshaft position sensor
(2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor (5) Knock sensor (7) Crankshaft position sensor
(3) Engine coolant temperature sen-sor
EN-02415
(1) (2)(3) (4) (5)
(6)
(7)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-10
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
EN-02416
(1)
EN-02417
(2)
(3)
EN-02179 EN-02418(4)
(5)
EN-00010
(6)
EN-00011
(7)
EN-00012
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-11
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
(1) Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (3) Front catalytic converter (4) Rear catalytic converter
(2) Rear oxygen sensor
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
EN-01973
EN-02091
(1)
(3)
EN-02092
(2)
(4)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-12
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
• Solenoid valve, actuator, emission control system parts and ignition system parts
(1) Purge control solenoid valve (2) EGR Valve (EC, EK, K4 model) (3) Ignition coil & ignitor ASSY
EN-02419
(1) (2)(3)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-13
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
EN-02420
(1)
EN-02421(2)
EN-02422
(3)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-14
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
(1) Inhibitor switch (4) Fuel pump relay (7) Radiator sub fan relay
(2) Fuel pump (5) Electronic throttle control relay (8) Radiator main fan relay 2
(3) Main relay (6) Radiator main fan relay 1 (9) Starter
EN-02423
(1) (2)
(3)
(5)
(7) (6) (9)
(4) (3)
(8)
EN-01979
(8) (7)
(1)
(9) (4)
(2)
(3)(5)(6)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-15
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Electrical Component Location
EN-00178
(2)
EN-02093
EN-02094
(3)
(4) (5)
EN-02095
(8)
(7)
(6)
EN-02096
(9)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-16
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O SignalA: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTIONConnector
No.Terminal
No.
Signal (V)NOTEIgnition SW ON
(engine OFF)Engine ON
(idling)
Crankshaft position sen-sor (Model with immobi-lizer)
Signal (+) B136 27 0 −7 — +7Sensor output wave-
form
Signal (−) B136 24 0 0 —
Shield B136 32 0 0 —
Crankshaft position sen-sor (Model without immo-bilizer)
Signal (+) B136 26 0 −7 — +7Sensor output wave-
form
Signal (−) B136 24 0 0 —
Shield B136 32 0 0 —
Camshaft position sen-sor (Model with immobi-lizer)
Signal (+) B136 26 0 −7 — +7Sensor output wave-
form
Signal (−) B136 25 0 0 —
Shield B136 32 0 0 —
Camshaft position sen-sor (Model without immo-bilizer)
Signal (+) B136 27 0 −7 — +7Sensor output wave-
form
Signal (−) B136 25 0 0 —
Shield B136 32 0 0 —
Electronic throttle control
Main B137 230.4 — 1.1
Fully opens: 3.7 — 4.3
0.3 — 0.9(After engine is
warmed-up.)—
Sub B137 243.9 — 4.8
Fully opens: 0.65 — 1.5
4.05 — 4.95(After engine is
warmed-up.)—
Electronic throttle control motor 1 (+)
B137 2 Duty waveform Duty waveform Drive frequency: 1 kHz
Electronic throttle control motor 2 (+)
B137 3 Duty waveform Duty waveform Drive frequency: 1 kHz
Electronic throttle control motor 1 (−)
B137 4 Duty waveform Duty waveform Drive frequency: 1 kHz
EN-01982
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-17
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
Electronic throttle control motor 2 (−)
B137 5 Duty waveform Duty waveform Drive frequency: 1 kHz
Electronic throttle control motor 1 power supply
B137 6 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Electronic throttle control motor 2 power supply
B137 7 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Electronic throttle control motor relay
B137 9ON: 0
OFF: 10 — 13ON: 0
OFF: 13 — 14When ignition switch is
turned to ON: ON
Accelerator position sen-sor
Main B137 29Fully closed: 0.5 — 1.5
Fully opens: 3 — 5Fully closed: 0.5 — 1.5
Fully opens: 3 — 5—
Power supply
B137 25 5 5 —
Ground B137 31 0 0 —
Sub B137 30Fully closed: 0.5 — 1.5
Fully opens: 3 — 5Fully closed: 0.5 — 1.5
Fully opens: 3 — 5—
Rear oxygen sensor
Signal B136 19 0 0 — 0.9 —
Shield B136 30 0 0 —
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater
Signal 1 B135 2 0 — 1.0 13 — 14 —
Signal 2 B135 3 0 — 1.0 13 — 14 —
Rear oxygen sensor heater signal
B134 1 0 — 1.0 13 — 14 —
Engine coolant temperature sensor
B136 22 1.0 — 1.6 1.0 — 1.6After engine is
warmed-up.
Starter switch B135 23OFF: 0
ON: 10 — 13OFF: 0
ON: 13 — 14—
A/C switch B135 20ON: 10 — 13
OFF: 0ON: 13 — 14
OFF: 0—
Ignition switch B135 13 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Neutral position switch (AT model)
B135 12ON: 0
OFF: 10 — 14—
Neutral position switch (MT model)
B135 12ON: 10 — 14
OFF: 0—
Test mode connector B135 24 5 5 When connected: 0
Knock sensorSignal B136 23 2.8 2.8 —
Shield B136 12 0 0 —
Back-up power supply B136 7 10 — 13 13 — 14Ignition switch “OFF”:
10 — 13
Control module power sup-ply
B136 3 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
B136 4 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Sensor power supply 1 B136 17 5 5 —
Sensor power supply 2 B137 25 5 5 —
Ignition control1 B134 23 0 1 — 3.4 Waveform
2 B134 24 0 1 — 3.4 Waveform
Fuel injector
#1 B134 17 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
#2 B134 27 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
#3 B134 34 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
#4 B134 33 10 — 13 1 — 14 Waveform
Fuel pump relay control (Model with immobilizer)
B135 44 0.5 or less 0.5 or less —
Fuel pump relay control (Model without immobilizer)
B134 27 0.5 or less 0.5 or less —
DESCRIPTIONConnector
No.Terminal
No.
Signal (V)NOTEIgnition SW ON
(engine OFF)Engine ON
(idling)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-18
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
A/C relay control B135 35ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 10 — 13
ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 13 — 14
—
Radiator fan relay 1 control B134 10ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 10 — 13
ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 13 — 14
—
Radiator fan relay 2 control B134 9ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 10 — 13
ON: 0.5 or lessOFF: 13 — 14
—
Self-shutoff control B135 14 10 — 13 13 — 14 —
Malfunction indicator light B135 15 1 or less —Light “ON”: 1 or lessLight “OFF”: 10 — 14
Engine speed output B135 27 — 0 — 13 or more Waveform
Purge control solenoid valve B134 8ON: 1 or lessOFF: 10 — 13
ON: 1 or lessOFF: 13 — 14
—
EGR solenoid valve
Signal A+ B134 13 0 or 10 — 13 0 or 13 — 14 —
Signal A− B134 12 0 or 10 — 13 0 or 13 — 14 —
Signal B+ B134 3 0 or 10 — 13 0 or 13 — 14 —
Signal B− B134 4 0 or 10 — 13 0 or 13 — 14 —
Power steering switch B135 8ON: 1 or lessOFF: 10 — 13
ON: 1 or lessOFF: 13 — 14
—
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal 1
B136 35 — 2.05 — 2.25 —
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal 2
B136 33 — 2.05 — 2.25 —
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor shield
B136 34 0 0 —
Manifold absolute pressure sensor
B136 20 4.0 — 4.8 1.1 — 1.9 —
Intake air temperature sen-sor
B136 28 3.3 — 3.5 3.3 — 3.5intake air temperature:
25°C (75°F)
Generator control B135 16 0 — 6.5 0 — 6.5 —
SSM communication line B135 32Less than 1←→ More
than 4Less than 1←→ More
than 4—
Main switch B137 14ON: 0
OFF: 10 — 13ON: 0
OFF: 13 — 14—
Clutch switch B137 22
When clutch pedal is depressed: 0
When clutch pedal is released: 10 — 13
When clutch pedal is depressed: 0
When clutch pedal is released: 13 — 14
—
Brake switch 1 B137 12
When brake pedal is depressed: 0
When brake pedal is released: 10 — 13
When brake pedal is depressed: 0
When brake pedal is released: 13 — 14
—
Brake switch 2 B137 13
When brake pedal is depressed: 10 — 13When brake pedal is
released: 0
When brake pedal is depressed: 13 — 14When brake pedal is
released: 0
—
Cruise control command switch
B136 21
When operating noth-ing: 3.5 — 4.5
When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 — 3.5
When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 — 1.5
When operating CAN-CEL: 0 — 0.5
When operating noth-ing: 3.5 — 4.5
When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 — 3.5
When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 — 1.5
When operating CAN-CEL: 0 — 0.5
—
GND (sensor 1) B136 18 0 0 —
DESCRIPTIONConnector
No.Terminal
No.
Signal (V)NOTEIgnition SW ON
(engine OFF)Engine ON
(idling)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-19
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal
GND (sensor 2) B137 31 0 0 —
GND (injector) B134 7 0 0 —
GND (power supply)B134 2 0 0 —
B137 1 0 0 —
GND (control system)B136 5 0 0 —
B136 6 0 0 —
GND (oxygen sensor heater 1)
B135 5 0 0 —
GND (oxygen sensor heater 2)
B135 6 0 0 —
GND (Electronic throttle control)
B136 1 0 0 —
B136 2 0 0 —
DESCRIPTIONConnector
No.Terminal
No.
Signal (V)NOTEIgnition SW ON
(engine OFF)Engine ON
(idling)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-20
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Engine Condition Data
6. Engine Condition DataA: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
Measuring condition:• After engine is warmed-up.• Gear position is in “N” or “P” range.• A/C is turned OFF.• All accessory switches are turned OFF.
Remarks SPECIFICATION
Engine load1.6 — 2.9 (%): Idling
6.4 — 12.8 (%): 2,500 rpm Racing
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-21
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Data Link Connector
7. Data Link ConnectorA: NOTEThis connector is used for Subaru Select Monitor.
CAUTION:Do not connect any scan tools except for OBD-II general scan tool and Subaru Select Monitor, be-cause the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged.
EN-00037
1 2 3 4 5 76 8
9 10 11 12 13 1514 16
Terminal No. Remarks Terminal No. Remarks
1 Power supply 9 Empty
2 Empty 10 Subaru Select Monitor signal
3 Empty 11 Empty
4 Empty 12 Ground
5 Empty 13 Ground
6 Empty 14 Empty
7 Empty 15 Empty
8 Empty 16 Empty
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-22
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)OBD-II General Scan Tool
8. OBD-II General Scan ToolA: OPERATION1. HOW TO USE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL1) Prepare a general scan tool (OBD-II generalscan tool) required by SAE J1978.2) Connect the OBD-II general scan tool to datalink connector located in the lower portion of instru-ment panel (on driver’s side).
3) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, call up DTCand freeze frame data.OBD-II general scan tool functions consist of:
(1) MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnosticdata(2) MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data(3) MODE $03: Emission-related powertrainDTC(4) MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-relateddiagnostic information
Read out the data according to repair procedures.(For detailed operation procedures, refer to the op-eration manual of OBD-II general scan tool.)
NOTE:For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC).>
2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the pow-ertrain system.A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
NOTE:Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s operation manual to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE$01).
EN-02533
PID Data Unit of measure
01Number of emission-related powertrain DTC, malfunction indicator light status and diagnosis support information
—
03 Fuel system control status —
04 Calculated engine load value %
05 Engine coolant temperature °C06 Short term fuel trim %
07 Long term fuel trim %
0B Intake manifold absolute pressure kPa
0C Engine revolution rpm
0D Vehicle speed km/h
0E Ignition timing advance °0F Intake air temperature °C10 Air flow rate from manifold absolute pressure sensor g/sec
11 Throttle valve absolute opening angle %
13 Check whether oxygen sensor is installed. —
15Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor—bank 1 sensor 2
V and %
1C Supporting OBD system —
21 Driving distance after MIL illuminates km
24 A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage — and V
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-23
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)OBD-II General Scan Tool
3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)Refer to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is detected by on-board diagnosis system.A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
NOTE:Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s operation manual to access freeze frame data (MODE$02).
4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC))Refer to “Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” for information about data denoting emission-related pow-ertrain DTC. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-31, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)Refer to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnosticinformation).
NOTE:Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s operation manual to clear or reset emission-related diag-nostic information (MODE $04).
PID Data Unit of measure
02 DTC that caused CARB to require freeze frame data storage —
03 Fuel system control status —
04 Calculated engine load value %
05 Engine coolant temperature °C06 Short term fuel trim %
07 Long term fuel trim %
0B Intake manifold absolute pressure kPa
0C Engine revolution rpm
0D Vehicle speed km/h
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-24
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
9. Subaru Select MonitorA: OPERATION1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT MONI-TOR1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,General Description.>
2) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru SelectMonitor.3) Insert the cartridge to Subaru Select Monitor.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATIONTOOL, General Description.>
4) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data linkconnector.
(1) Data link connectors is located in the lowerportion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
(2) Connect the diagnosis cable to data linkconnector.
CAUTION:Do not connect the scan tools except for OBD-II general scan tool and Subaru Select Monitor.
5) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) andSubaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
6) Using the Subaru Select Monitor, call up DTCsand data, then record them.
2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)Refer to “Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” forinformation about how to indicate DTCs. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-31, Read Diagnostic TroubleCode (DTC).>
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)Refer to “Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” forinformation about how to indicate DTCs. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-31, Read Diagnostic TroubleCode (DTC).>
EN-00038
EN-00039
EN-02533
(A) Power switch
(A)
EN-00040
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE. (NORMAL MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the Each System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the Engine and press the [YES] key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the Current Data Display/Save, and then press the[YES] key.5) On the «Data Display Menu» display screen, select the Data Display and press the [YES] key.6) Using the scroll key, scroll the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.• A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Remarks DisplayUnit
of measureNote (at idling)
Engine load Engine Load % 1 — 3%
Engine coolant temperature signal Coolant Temp. °C ≥ 75 °CA/F correction 1 A/F Correction #1 % −10 — +10%
A/F learning 1 A/F Learning #1 % −15 — +15%
Intake manifold absolute pressure Mani. Absolute Pressure kpa 200 — 300 kpa
Engine speed signal Engine Speed rpm600 — 800 rpm (Agree
with the tachometer indi-cation)
Vehicle speed signal Vehicle Speed km/h 0 km/h (at parking)
Ignition timing signal Ignition Timing deg 10 — 15 deg
Intake air temperature signal Intake Air Temp. °C (Ambient air temperature)
Throttle opening angle signal Throttle Opening Angle % 1 — 2%
Rear oxygen sensor voltage Rear O2 Sensor V 0.01 — 0.85 V
Battery voltage Battery Voltage V 12 — 14 V
Injection 1 pulse width Fuel Injection #1 Pulse ms 2 — 4 ms
Knock sensor correction Knocking Correction deg 0.0 deg
Atmospheric pressure signal Atmosphere Pressure kpa (Atmosphere pressure)
Intake manifold relative pressure Mani. Relative Pressure kpa(Mani. Absolute Pressure − Atmosphere pressure)
Learned ignition timing Learned Ignition Timing ° −2 — 2°Acceleration opening angle signal Accel. Opening Angle % 0.0%
Rear O2 heater current Rear O2 Heater Current A 0.9 — 1.1 A
Purge control solenoid duty ratio CPC Valve Duty Ratio % 0 — 3%
EGR steps No. of EGR Steps STEP 0
Generator duty ratio ALT Duty % 0 — 100%
A/F sensor resistance value 1A/F Sensor #1 Resis-tance
ohm 25 — 27 mA
A/F sensor output lambda 1 A/F Sensor #1 — 0.85 — 1.15
A/F correction 3 A/F Correction #3 % 3.5 — 6.5%
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor current A/F Heater Current A 5 — 10 A
Main-throttle position sensor fully closed voltageMain-Throttle Sensor Closed Position Voltage
V 0.3 — 0.7 V
AT/MT identification terminal AT Vehicle ID Signal — ON/OFF
Test mode terminal Test Mode Signal — OFF
Neutral position switch signal Neutral Position Switch — ON
Soft idle switch signal Idle Switch Signal — ON
Ignition switch signal Ignition Switch — ON
Power steering switch input signal P/S Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Air conditioning switch signal A/C Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Handle switch signal Handle Switch — RHD/LHD
Starter switch signal Starter Switch — OFF
Rear O2 monitor Rear O2 Rich Signal — OFF
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-26
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
Knocking signal Knocking Signal — OFF
Crankshaft position sensor signal Crankshaft Position Sig. — OFF
Camshaft position sensor signal Camshaft Position Sig. — OFF
Rear defogger switch signal Rear Defogger SW — OFF (At OFF)
Blower fan switch signal Blower Fan SW — OFF (At OFF)
Light switch signal Light Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Wiper switch signal Wiper Switch — OFF (At OFF)
A/C middle pressure switch signal A/C Mid Pressure Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Air conditioner compressor relay output signal A/C Compressor Signal — OFF (At OFF)
Radiator fan relay 1 signal Radiator Fan Relay #1 — OFF (At OFF)
Radiator fan relay 2 signal Radiator Fan Relay #2 — OFF (At OFF)
Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay — ON
AT coordinate retard angle demand signal Retard Signal from AT — OFF
AT coordinate fuel cut demand signal Fuel Cut Signal from AT — OFF
AT coordinate permission demandTorque Permission Sig-nal
— ON
Throttle motor duty Throttle Motor Duty % 5 — 10%
Throttle power supply voltage Throttle Motor Voltage V (Battery voltage)
Sub throttle sensor voltage Sub-throttle Sensor V 1.48 — 1.50 V
Main throttle sensor voltage Main-throttle Sensor V 0.62 V
Sub acceleration sensor voltage Sub-accelerator Sensor V 0.5 — 1.5 V
Main acceleration sensor voltage Main-accelerator Sensor V 0.5 — 1.5 V
Memory vehicle speedMemorized Cruise Speed
km/h 0 km/h
Fuel level sensor resistance Fuel Level Resistance Ω 0 — 100 ΩETC motor relay signal ETC Motor Relay — ON
Clutch switch signal Clutch Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Stop light switch signal Stop Light Switch — OFF (At OFF)
SET/COAST switch signal SET/COAST Switch — OFF (At OFF)
RES/ACC switch signal RESUME/ACCEL Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Brake switch signal Brake Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Main switch signal Main Switch — OFF (At OFF)
Integrated unit data reception Body Int. Unit Data — ON
Integrated unit data update Body Int. Unit Count — ON
Remarks DisplayUnit
of measureNote (at idling)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-27
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
5. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the Each System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the Engine and press the [YES] key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the OBD system and press the [YES] key.5) On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the Current Data Display & Save, and press the [YES] key.6) On the «Data Display Menu» display screen, select the Data Display and press the [YES] key.7) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.• A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the Each System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the Engine Control System and press the [YES]key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the OBD System and press the [YES] key.5) On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the Freeze Frame Data and press the [YES] key.• A list of support data is shown in the following table.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
DESCRIPTION Display Unit of measure
Number of diagnosis code Number of Diag. Code: 0
Condition of malfunction indicator light MI (MIL) OFF
Monitoring test of misfire Misfire monitoring —
Monitoring test of fuel system Fuel system monitoring complete
Monitoring test of comprehensive component Component monitoring complete
Test of catalyst Catalyst Diagnosis —
Test of heating-type catalyst Heated catalyst no support
Test of evaporative emission purge control system Evaporative purge system no support
Test of secondary air system Secondary air system no support
Test of air conditioning system refrigerant A/C system refrigerant no support
Test of oxygen sensor Oxygen sensor complete
Test of oxygen sensor heater O2 Heater Diagnosis complete
Test of EGR system EGR system incomplete
Contents Display Unit of measure
DTC for freeze frame data Freeze frame data DTC
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 Fuel system for Bank1 —
Engine load data Engine Load %
Engine coolant temperature signal Coolant Temp. °C or °FShort term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor Short term fuel trim B1 %
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor Long term fuel trim B1 %
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal Mani. Absolute Pressure mmHg, kPa, inHg or psi
Engine speed signal Engine Speed rpm
Vehicle speed signal Vehicle Speed km/h or MPH
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-28
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
7. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the Each System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the Engine and press the [YES] key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of engine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the Current Data Display/Save, and then press the[YES] key.5) On the «Data Display Menu» display screen, select the Data & LED Display and press the [YES] key.6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.• A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
Remarks Display Message LED “ON” requirements
AT/MT identification signal AT Vehicle ID Signal ON or OFF Illuminate (AT model)
Test mode signal Test Mode Signal ON or OFF D check
Neutral position switch signal Neutral Position Switch ON or OFFWhen neutral position signal is entered.
Idle switch signal Idle Switch Signal ON or OFFWhen idle switch signal is entered.
Ignition switch signal Ignition Switch ON or OFFWhen ignition switch is turned ON.
Power steering switch signal P/S Switch ON or OFFWhen power steering switch is entered.
Air conditioning switch signal A/C Switch ON or OFFWhen air conditioning switch is input.
Handle switch signal Handle SW RHD or LHDWhen handle switch signal is input.
Starter switch signal Starter Switch ON or OFF When starter switch is input.
Rear oxygen sensor rich sig-nal
Rear O2 Rich Signal ON or OFFWhen rear oxygen sensor mix-ture ratio is rich.
Knocking signal Knocking Signal ON or OFF When knocking signal is input.
Crankshaft position sensor signal
Crankshaft Position Signal ON or OFFWhen crankshaft position sen-sor signal is input.
Camshaft position sensor sig-nal
Camshaft Position Signal ON or OFFWhen camshaft position sen-sor signal is entered.
Rear defogger switch signal Rear Defogger Switch ON or OFFWhen rear defogger switch is turned ON.
Blower fan switch signal Blower Fan Switch ON or OFFWhen blower fan switch is turned ON.
Light switch signal Light Switch ON or OFFWhen light switch is turned ON.
Small light switch signal Light Switch ON or OFFWhen small light switch is turned ON.
Windshield wiper switch signal Wiper Switch ON or OFFWhen windshield wiper switch is turned ON.
A/C middle pressure switch signal
A/C Mid Pressure Switch ON or OFFWhen A/C middle pressure switch is turned ON.
Air conditioning relay signal A/C Compressor Signal ON or OFFWhen air conditioning relay is in function.
Radiator fan relay 1 signal Radiator Fan Relay #1 ON or OFFWhen radiator fan relay 1 is in function.
Radiator fan relay 2 signal Radiator Fan Relay #2 ON or OFFWhen radiator fan relay 2 is in function.
Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay ON or OFF ON output
AT retard angle demand signal Retard Signal ON or OFFWhen AT retard angle demand signal is input.
AT fuel cut signal Fuel Cut ON or OFFWhen AT fuel cut signal is input.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-29
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
AT coordinate permission sig-nal
Torque Control Permission ON or OFFWhen AT coordinate permis-sion signal is input.
Clutch switch signal Clutch Switch ON or OFFWhen clutch switch is turned to ON.
Stop light switch signal Stop Light Switch ON or OFFWhen stop switch is turned to ON.
SET/COAST switch signal SET/COAST Switch ON or OFFWhen SET/COAST switch is turned to ON.
RES/ACC switch signal RESUME/ACCEL Switch ON or OFFWhen RES/ACC switch is turned to ON.
Brake switch signal Brake Switch ON or OFFWhen brake switch is turned to ON.
Main switch signal Main Switch ON or OFFWhen main switch is turned to ON.
Cancel switch signal Cancel Switch ON or OFFWhen cancel switch is turned to ON.
Electronic throttle control motor relay signal
ETC Motor Relay ON or OFFWhen electronic throttle con-trol motor relay is in function.
Data reception signal Body Int. Unit Data ON or OFFWhen data reception signal is entered.
Counter update signal Body Int. Unit Count ON or OFFWhen counter update signal is entered.
Remarks Display Message LED “ON” requirements
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-30
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
10.Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
A: OPERATION1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» screen, select theDTC Display, and then press the [YES] key.5) On the «Diagnostic Code(s) Display» screen,select the Current Diagnostic Code(s) or HistoryDiagnostic Code(s), and then press the [YES] key.
NOTE:• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.• For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC).>
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, se-lect the OBD System and press the [YES] key.5) On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select theDTC Display and press the [YES] key.6) Make sure DTC is shown on the screen.
NOTE:• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.• For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-31
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Inspection Mode
11.Inspection ModeA: OPERATIONCarry out trouble diagnosis shown in the following DTC table.When performing trouble diagnosis which is not shown in the DTC table, refer to the next item Drive cycle.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-36, Drive Cycle.>
DTC Item
P0031 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0032 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0037 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0038 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0107 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
P0108 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
P0122 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low Input
P0123 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High Input
P0131 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0132 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0134 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0137 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0138 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0222 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit Low Input
P0223 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit High Input
P0327 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0328 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit
P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0458 Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low
P0459 Canister Purge Solenoid Circuit (High)
P0462 Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
P0463 Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor
P0512 Starter Request Circuit
P0513 Incorrect Immobilizer Key
P0519 Idle Control System Malfunction (Fail-Safe)
P0558 Generator Circuit Low Input
P0600 Serial Communication Link
P0604 Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error
P0605 Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error
P0607 Control Module Performance
P0638 Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1)
P0691 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low
P0692 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit High
P0851 Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low
P0852 Neutral Switch Input Circuit High
P1160 Return Spring Failure
P1134 A/F Sensor Micro-Computer Problem
P1518 Starter Switch Circuit Low Input
P1560 Back-up Voltage Circuit Malfunction
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Inspection Mode
1. PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE1) Check that the battery voltage is more than 12 Vand fuel remains half [20 — 40 2 (5.3 — 10.6 USgal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].2) Lift-up the vehicle using a garage jack and placeit on rigid racks, or drive the vehicle onto free roll-ers.
WARNING:• Before lifting-up the vehicle, ensure parkingbrakes are applied.• Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a rig-id rack.• Secure a rope or wire to the front or rear tow-ing hooks to prevent the lateral runout of frontwheels.• Do not abruptly depress/release clutch pedalor accelerator pedal during works even whenthe engine is operating at low speeds since thismay cause vehicle to jump off free rollers.• In order to prevent the vehicle from slippingdue to vibration, do not place any woodenblocks or similar items between the rigid racksand vehicle.
• Since the rear wheels will also rotate, do notplace anything near them. Also, make sure thatnobody goes in front of the vehicle.
P1570 Antenna
P1571 Reference Code Incompatibility
P1572 IMM Circuit Failure (Except Antenna Circuit)
P1574 Key Communication Failure
P1576 EGI Control Module EEPROM
P1577 IMM Control Module EEPROM
P1578 Meter Failure
P2101 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance
P2102 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low
P2103 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High
P2109 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Minimum Stop Performance
P2100 Throttle Control Motor Circuit Open
P2111 Throttle Actuator Control System - Stuck Open
P2122 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D” Circuit Low Input
P2123 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D” Circuit High Input
P2127 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit Low Input
P2128 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit High Input
P2135 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B” Voltage Rationality
P2138 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D”/“E” Voltage Rationality
DTC Item
(A) Rigid rack
(B) Free rollers
EN-00041
(A)
(B)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-33
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Inspection Mode
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR1) After clearing the memory, check for any remain-ing unresolved trouble data. <Ref. to EN(H4SO2.0)(diag)-38, Clear Memory Mode.>2) Idle the engine.3) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,General Description.>
4) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru SelectMonitor.5) Insert the cartridge to Subaru Select Monitor.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATIONTOOL, General Description.>
6) Connect the test mode connector (A) located atthe lower portion of glove box.
7) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data linkconnector located in the lower portion of the instru-ment panel (on the driver’s side).
CAUTION:Do not connect the scan tools except for Suba-ru Select Monitor.8) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) andturn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
9) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.10) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.11) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.12) On the «Engine Diagnosis» screen, select theD Check and press the [YES] key.13) When the “Perform D Check?” is shown on thescreen, press the [YES] key.14) Perform subsequent procedures as instructedon the display screen.• If trouble still remains in the memory, the corre-sponding DTC appears on the display screen.
NOTE:• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.• For the details concerning DTCs, refer to “List ofDiagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of DiagnosticTrouble Code (DTC).>• Release the parking brake.
EN-00038
EN-00039
(A)
EN-02424
(A) Power switch
EN-02533
(A)
EN-00040
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-34
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Inspection Mode
• The speed difference between front and rearwheels may light the ABS warning light, but this in-dicates no malfunctions. When engine control diag-nosis is finished, perform the ABS memoryclearance procedure of self-diagnosis function.
3. OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL1) After clearing memory, check for any remainingunresolved trouble data: <Ref. to EN(H4SO2.0)(diag)-38, Clear Memory Mode.> 2) Warm up the engine.3) Connect the test mode connector (A) at the low-er side of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
4) Connect the OBD-II general scan tool to its datalink connector in the lower portion of instrumentpanel (on the driver’s side).
CAUTION:Do not connect the scan tools except for Suba-ru Select Monitor and OBD-II general scan tool.
5) Start the engine.
NOTE:• Ensure the select lever is placed in “P” positionbefore starting. (AT model)• Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine.(MT model)6) Using the select lever or shift lever, turn the “P”position switch and “N” position switch to ON.7) Depress the brake pedal to turn brake switchON. (AT model)8) Keep the engine speed in 2,500 — 3,000 rpmrange for 40 seconds.
9) Place the select lever or shift lever in “D” position(AT model) or “1st” gear (MT model) and drive thevehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH).
NOTE:• On AWD vehicles, release the parking brake.• The speed difference between front and rearwheels may light ABS warning light, but this indi-cates no malfunctions. When the engine control di-agnosis is finished, perform the ABS memoryclearance procedure of self-diagnosis system.10) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, check forDTC and record the result(s).
NOTE:• For detailed operation procedures, refer to theoperation manual of OBD-II general scan tool.• For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
(A)
EN-02424
EN-02533
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-35
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Drive Cycle
12.Drive CycleA: PROCEDUREThere are three drive patterns for the trouble diagnosis. Driving in the specified pattern allows to diagnosemalfunctioning items listed below. After the malfunctioning items listed below are repaired, always checkwhether they correctly resume their functions by driving in the required drive pattern.
1. PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE1) Make sure that the fuel remains approx. half amount [20 — 40 2 (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)],and battery voltage is 12V or more.2) After performing the diagnostics and cleaning memory, check for any remaining unresolved trouble data.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, Clear Memory Mode.>3) Separate the test mode connector.
NOTE:• Except for the water temperature specified items at starting, the diagnosis is carried out after engine warmup.• Carry out the diagnosis which is marked * on DTC twice, then, after finishing first diagnosis, stop the engineand do second time at the same condition.
2. AFTER RUNNING 20 MINUTES AT 80 KM/H (50 MPH), IDLE ENGINE FOR 1 MINUTE.
DTC Item Condition
*P0125Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control Coolant temperature at start is
less than 20°C (68°F).
*P0133 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1) —
*P0171 System too Lean (Bank 1) —
*P0172 System too Rich (Bank 1) —
*P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) —
*P0483 Cooling Fan Rationality Check —
P1137 O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank1 Sensor1) —
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-36
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Drive Cycle
3. DRIVE ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERN
(A) Idle engine for 1 minute. (D) Decelerate with throttle fully closed to 65 km/h (40 MPH).
(F) Accelerate to 96 km/h (60 MPH) within 10 seconds.(B) Accelerate to 96 km/h (60 MPH)
within 20 seconds. (E) Drive vehicle at 65 km/h (40 MPH) for 10 seconds.
(G) Stop vehicle with throttle fully closed.(C) Drive vehicle at 96 km/h (60 MPH)
for 20 seconds. (H) Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
(I) Seconds
DTC Item Condition
*P0030 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) —
P0130 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1) —
*P0139 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2) —
P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis frequency is different from misfire ratio.
P0302 Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis frequency is different from misfire ratio.
P0303 Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis frequency is different from misfire ratio.
P0304 Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis frequency is different from misfire ratio.
P0400 Exhaust gas recirculation flow —
P0559 Generator Circuit High Input —
P0700 Transmission Control System (MIL Request) —
P1134 A/F Sensor Micro-Computer Problem —
P1492 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) —
P1493 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) —
P1494 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) —
P1495 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) —
P1496 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) —
P1497 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) —
P1498 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) —
P1499 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) —
P1521 Brake Switch Circuit Range/Performance Problem (High Input) —
50 100 1500
65 (40)
96 (60)
(I)
(H)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F) (G)
EN-00195
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-37
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Clear Memory Mode
13.Clear Memory ModeA: OPERATION1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, se-lect the Memory Clear and press the [YES] key.5) When the “Done” and “Turn Ignition Switch OFF”are shown on the display screen, turn the ignitionswitch to OFF and then Subaru Select Monitorswitch to OFF.
NOTE:• Initial diagnosis of electronic control throttle isperformed after memory clearance. For this rea-son, start the engine after 10 seconds or more haveelapsed since the ignition switch was turned to ON.• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.2) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.3) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.4) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, se-lect the OBD System and press the [YES] key.5) On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select theDTC Clear and press the [YES] key.6) When the “Perform Diagnostic Code(s) Clear?”is shown on the screen, press the [YES] key.7) Turn the ignition switch to OFF and then turn theSubaru Select Monitor switch to OFF.
NOTE:• Initial diagnosis of electronic control throttle isperformed after memory clearance. For this rea-son, start the engine after 10 seconds or more haveelapsed since the ignition switch was turned to ON.• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
14.Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
A: PROCEDURE1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL,General Description.>
2) Connect the diagnosis cable to Subaru SelectMonitor.3) Insert the cartridge to Subaru Select Monitor.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-7, PREPARATIONTOOL, General Description.>
4) Connect the test mode connector (A) located atthe lower portion of glove box.
5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data linkconnector located in the lower portion of instrumentpanel (on the driver’s side).
CAUTION:Do not connect the scan tools except for Suba-ru Select Monitor.6) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) andturn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
7) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select theEach System Check and press the [YES] key.8) On the «System Selection Menu» displayscreen, select the Engine and press the [YES]key.9) Press the [YES] key after the information of en-gine type has been displayed.10) On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, se-lect the System Operation Check Mode and pressthe [YES] key.11) On the «System Operation Check Mode» dis-play screen, select the Actuator ON/OFF Opera-tion and press the [YES] key.12) Select the desired compulsory actuator on the«Actuator ON/OFF Operation» display screen andpress the [YES] key.13) Pressing the [NO] key completes the compul-sory valve operation check mode. The display willthen return to the «Actuator ON/OFF Operation»screen.
EN-00038
EN-00039
(A)
EN-02424
(A) Power switch
EN-02533
(A)
EN-00040
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-39
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode
• A list of the support data is shown in the followingtable.
NOTE:• The following parts will be displayed but not func-tional.
• For detailed operation procedure, refer to “SUB-ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”.
DESCRIPTION Display
Compulsory fuel pump relay oper-ation check
Fuel Pump
Compulsory radiator fan relay operation check
Radiator Fan Relay
Compulsory air conditioning relay operation check
A/C Compressor Relay
Compulsory purge control sole-noid valve operation check
CPC Solenoid
Display
EGR Solenoid
ASV Solenoid
FICD Solenoid
Pressure switching solenoid 1
Pressure switching solenoid 2
Wastegate control solenoid
PCV Solenoid
Vent Control Solenoid
AAI Solenoid
Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-40
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
15.Malfunction Indicator LightA: PROCEDURE1. Activation of malfunction indicator light. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-42, ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT, Malfunction Indicator Light.>
↓2. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not come on. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-43, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light.>
↓3. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not go off. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-45, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF., Malfunction Indicator Light.>
↓4. Check that the malfunction indicator light does not blink. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-46, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK., Malfunction Indicator Light.>
↓5. Check that the malfunction indicator light remains blinking. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-49, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING., Malfunction Indicator Light.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-41
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
1) When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engineOFF), the malfunction indicator light (A) in the com-bination meter illuminates.
NOTE:If the malfunction indicator light does not illuminate,perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator lightcircuit or the combination meter circuit. <Ref. toEN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-43, MALFUNCTION INDICA-TOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, MalfunctionIndicator Light.>
2) After starting the engine, the malfunction indica-tor light goes out. If it does not, either the engine oremission control system is malfunctioning.
3) Turn the ignition switch to OFF and connect thetest mode connector.
(1) When the ignition switch is turned to ON(engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light illu-minates.(2) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of0.5 Hz after starting the engine. (During diagno-sis)
(3) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of3 Hz after diagnosis if there is no trouble. Mal-function indicator light illuminates if faulty.
(1) No faulty
(2) Trouble occurs
(3) ON
(4) OFF
(5) Ignition switch ON
(6) Engine start
EN-01984(A)
EN-01679
(1)
(2)
(5)
(6)
(3)
(4)
(3)
(4)
(1) ON
(2) OFF
(3) Ignition switch ON
(4) 1 second
EN-01681
(2)
(1)
(4)
(3)
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-42
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ONDIAGNOSIS:The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.TROUBLE SYMPTOM:When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not come on.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02425
BATTERY
3
B72
i3
B38
B135
IGNITIONSWITCH
COMBINATIONMETER
i10
SBF-76
15
ECM
48
SBF-1No.5
16
E
3
B72
1 34 5 6
2
B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
i10
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5
B135
81
2820
5 6 729
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2716 17 18 19
2129 30 31 32 33 34 35
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-43
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Go to step 4. Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check for poor connection by shaking or pull-ing ECM connector and harness.
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.Check the connection of ECM connector.
Is the ECM connector correctly connected?
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Repair the con-nection of ECM connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA-TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the combination meter. <Ref. to IDI-16, Combination Meter Assembly.>3) Disconnect the connector from ECM and combination meter.4) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and combination meter connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 15 — (i10) No. 16:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and combi-nation meter con-nector• Poor contact in coupling connector
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in combination meter con-nector.
Is there poor contact in combi-nation meter connector?
Repair the poor contact in combi-nation meter con-nector.
Go to step 6.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA-TION METER AND IGNITION SWITCH CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between combination meter connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(i10) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(i10) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Replace the board of combination meter. <Ref. to IDI-16, Combination Meter Assembly.>
Check the follow-ing and repair if necessary.
NOTE:• Blown out fuse (No. 5)• Open or short circuit in harness between fuse (No. 5) and battery ter-minal• Poor contact in ignition switch con-nector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-44
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF.DIAGNOSIS:The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.TROUBLE SYMPTOM:Although malfunction indicator light comes on when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru SelectMonitor display.WIRING DIAGRAM:
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA-
TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?
Repair the short circuit in harness between combina-tion meter and ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN-02425
BATTERY
3
B72
i3
B38
B135
IGNITIONSWITCH
COMBINATIONMETER
i10
SBF-76
15
ECM
48
SBF-1No.5
16
E
3
B72
1 34 5 6
2
B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
i10
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5
B135
81
2820
5 6 729
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2716 17 18 19
2129 30 31 32 33 34 35
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-45
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK.DIAGNOSIS:• The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.• Test mode connector circuit is in open.TROUBLE SYMPTOM:Malfunction indicator light does not blink during inspection mode.WIRING DIAGRAM:• LHD model
EN-02426
BATTERY
3
B72
B75 B76
IGNITIONSWITCH
i10
COMBINATIONMETER
B135B:
SBF-76
B1
5
B2
4
ECM
B72
8
SBF-1No.5
11
B75
1212
16
i3
B38
E
43
1 34 5 6
2
i10 B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B122
B122
21
E
B21
E23
6
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-46
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
• RHD model
EN-02427
BATTERY
3
B72
B75 B76
IGNITIONSWITCH
i10
COMBINATIONMETER
B135B:
SBF-76
B1
5
B2
4
ECM
B72
8
SBF-1No.5
B83
1 21
B75
1212
16
i3
B38
E
43
B2
9
1 34 5 6
2
i10 B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5 1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B83
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
1
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-47
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDI-
CATOR LIGHT.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the test mode connectors.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF)
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?
Go to step 2. Repair the mal-function indictor light circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-43, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indica-tor Light.>
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA-TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?
Repair the short circuit in harness between combina-tion meter and ECM connector.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TEST MODE CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS GROUND.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between test mode connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B76) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between test mode connec-tor and chassis ground
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 5.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TEST MODE CONNECTOR.1) Connect the test mode connector.2) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 24 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 6. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and test mode connec-tor.
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-48
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING.DIAGNOSIS:Test mode connector circuit is shorted.TROUBLE SYMPTOM:Malfunction indicator light blinks when test mode connector is not connected.WIRING DIAGRAM:• LHD model
EN-02426
BATTERY
3
B72
B75 B76
IGNITIONSWITCH
i10
COMBINATIONMETER
B135B:
SBF-76
B1
5
B2
4
ECM
B72
8
SBF-1No.5
11
B75
1212
16
i3
B38
E
43
1 34 5 6
2
i10 B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B122
B122
21
E
B21
E23
6
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-49
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Malfunction Indicator Light
• RHD model
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK TEST MODE CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect the test mode connectors.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
Does the malfunction indicator light blink?
Go to step 2. System is in good order.
NOTE:Malfunction indica-tor light blinks at acycle of 3 Hz whentest mode connec-tor is connected.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CON-NECTOR AND CHASSIS GROUNDING TER-MINAL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 24 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM and test mode connec-tor.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN-02427
BATTERY
3
B72
B75 B76
IGNITIONSWITCH
i10
COMBINATIONMETER
B135B:
SBF-76
B1
5
B2
4
ECM
B72
8
SBF-1No.5
B83
1 21
B75
1212
16
i3
B38
E
43
B2
9
1 34 5 6
2
i10 B38
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 3 4 6 7 8 9 10222120191817161514131211
5 1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B83
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
1
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-50
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
16.Diagnostics for Engine Starting FailureA: PROCEDURE1. Check for fuel amount.
↓2. Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-52, STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start-ing Failure.>
↓3. Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-55, CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM), Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
↓4. Inspection of ignition control system. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-58, IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
↓5. Inspection of fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-61, FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Fail-ure.>
↓6. Inspection of fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-64, FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-51
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUITCAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
1212
EN-02428
23
No
.21
B225
SBF-1SBF-7
E
16
14
16
14
ECM
B135
B72
23
B225B72
1011 12
1314
15 16
1718
19 20
2122
23 24
2526
27 28
2930
31 32
3334
35 36 39 40
3738
1 2 9
3 4
5 6
7 8
B135
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12 19
20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 1727
28
1822 23 24 25 26
32 33 34 35
1 34 5 6
2
BATTERY
IGNITIONSWITCH
STARTERRELAY
B14
M
STARTER MOTOR
E
B12 T3 T7
P N
711
B12
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
T7
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12
15
13
15
13
AT
AT
MT
MT
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-52
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK BATTERY.
Check the battery voltage.Is the voltage more than 12 V? Go to step 2. Charge or replace
the battery.
2 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor oper-ate?
Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
3 CHECK DTC. Is DTC displayed? <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-31, OPERATION, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Inspect the rele-vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MO-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from starter motor.3) Turn the ignition switch to START.4) Measure the power supply voltage between starter motor connector terminal and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B14) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
NOTE:Place the select lever in the “P” or “N” range.
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
5 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF STARTER MOTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the ground cable terminal from starter motor.3) Measure the resistance of ground cable between ground cable terminal and engine ground.
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Check the starter motor. <Ref. to SC(H4SO 2.0)-6, Starter.>
Repair the open circuit of ground cable.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from ignition switch.2) Measure the power supply voltage between ignition switch connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B72) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7. Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition switch and bat-tery, and check fuse SBF No. 7 and SBF No. 1.
7 CHECK IGNITION SWITCH.1) Disconnect the connector from ignition switch.2) Measure the resistance between ignition switch terminals after turning the ignition switch to START position.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 8. Replace the igni-tion switch.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-53
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
8 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RE-LAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from starter relay.3) Connect the connector to ignition switch.4) Measure the input voltage between starter relay connector and chassis ground after turn-ing the ignition switch to START position.
Connector & terminalLHD MODEL
(B225) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B225) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
RHD MODEL(B225) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B225) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 9. Repair the open circuit in harness between starter fan relay and igni-tion switch.
9 CHECK STARTER RELAY.1) Connect the battery to starter relay termi-nals No. 15 and No. 16.2) Measure the resistance between starter relay terminals.
TerminalsNo. 13 — No. 14:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 10. Replace the starter relay.
10 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect the connector to starter relay.3) Disconnect the connectors from ECM.4) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit in harness between ECM and starter relay.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-54
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MOD-ULE (ECM)
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02429
BATTERYIGNITIONSWITCH
MAIN RELAY
SBF-7 SBF-1
SBF-8
B72
C4
C3
B1
4B
5
C6
B6
C1
C2
A7
C5
C7
B1
3
No.12B47
E2
B21
21
46
53
ECM
EE
36
B134
B135
A:
D: B137
B:
D1
52
37 36
34
3 41 2
5 6
B47
TO IGNITION COIL
No.13A
23
5
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B72
1 34 5 6
2
A: B:
D:
B136C:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-55
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK MAIN RELAY.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the main relay.3) Connect the battery to main relay terminals No. 1 and No. 2.4) Measure the resistance between main relay terminals.
TerminalsNo. 3 — No. 5:No. 4 — No. 6:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Go to step 2. Replace the main relay.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 2 — Chassis ground:(B134) No. 7 — Chassis ground:(B135) No. 5 — Chassis ground:(B135) No. 6 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 1 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 2 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 5 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 6 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 3. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine grounding terminal.
3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 5. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
5 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY.Measure the voltage between main relay con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B47) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and main relay connec-tor.
6 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.1) Connect the connectors to ECM and main relay.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit in harness between ECM connector and main relay connec-tor.
7 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY.Measure the voltage between main relay con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B47) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B47) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 8. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit in harness of power supply cir-cuit.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-56
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
8 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Check ignition control system. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-58, IGNITION CON-TROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit in harness between ECM connector and main relay connec-tor.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-57
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEMCAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02430
BATTERY
3
IGNITIONSWITCH
6
24
B21
E2
E12
SBF-1
13
49
15
4 13 2
B134 ECM
23
3 4
1 2
IGNITION COIL&
IGNITOR ASSY
B72
E E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B72E12
910
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 1214
15 16
1318
19 20
1722
23 24
21
3839 40
3734
35 36
3330
31 32
2926
27 28
25
B225
SBF-7No.12
1 2 3 4 1 34 5 6
2
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-58
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS.
1) Remove the plug cord cap from each spark plug.2) Install a new spark plug on plug cord cap.
CAUTION:Do not remove the spark plug from engine.3) Contact the spark plug’s thread portion on engine.4) While opening the throttle valve fully, crank the engine to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.
Does spark occur at each cyl-inder?
Check fuel pump system. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-61, FUEL PUMP CIR-CUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start-ing Failure.>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR IG-NITION COIL & IGNITOR ASSY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ignition coil & ignitor ASSY.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the power supply voltage between ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E12) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ignition coil & igni-tor ASSY, and main relay connec-tor• Poor contact in coupling connector• Blown out fuse
3 CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL & IG-NITOR ASSY GROUND CIRCUIT.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E12) No. 3 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ignition coil & igni-tor ASSY connec-tor and engine grounding terminal
4 CHECK IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR ASSY.1) Remove the spark plug cords.2) Measure the resistance between spark plug cord contact portions to check secondary coil.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:No. 3 — No. 4:
Is the resistance 10 — 15 kΩ? Go to step 5. Replace the igni-tion coil & ignitor ASSY. <Ref. to IG(H4SO 2.0)-8, Ignition Coil & Igni-tor ASSY.>
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR ASSY.1) Connect the connector to ignition coil & ignitor ASSY.2) Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage between ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E12) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E12) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Does the voltage vary more than 10 V?
Go to step 6. Replace the igni-tion coil & ignitor ASSY. <Ref. to IG(H4SO 2.0)-8, Ignition Coil & Igni-tor ASSY.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-59
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG-NITION COIL & IGNITOR ASSY CONNEC-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from ignition coil & ignitor ASSY.4) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 23 — (E12) No. 4:(B134) No. 24 — (E12) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 7. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG-NITION COIL & IGNITOR ASSY CONNEC-TOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and engine ground.
Connector & terminal:(B134) No. 23 — Engine ground:(B134) No. 24 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 8. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and ignition coil & ignitor ASSY connector.
8 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Check the fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-61, FUEL PUMP CIR-CUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start-ing Failure.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-60
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUITCAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02431
SBF-1No.12 SBF-7
E
3
17
6
B72
B362
B98
R2
R58
4
2341
M 65
B135 ECM
BATTERYIGNITIONSWITCH
FUEL PUMPRELAY
FUEL PUMPFUEL PUMPCONDENSER
E
No.11
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B72
1 34 5 6
2 1 2 34 5 6 7 8
B98 R58
1 23 45 6
56
7 8
34
1 2
B362 R142
1212
R142
21
B97
1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16
B97
R1
RHD
RHD
LH
DL
HD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-61
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF FUEL
PUMP.Check if the fuel pump is in operation for two seconds when turning the ignition switch to ON.
NOTE:Fuel pump operation can also be executed us-ing Subaru Select Monitor.Refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode” for procedures. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-39, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Does the fuel pump produce operating sound?
Check the fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-64, FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diag-nostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the fuel pump access hole lid.3) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.4) Measure the resistance of harness connec-tor between fuel pump and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(R58) No. 6 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connec-tor and chassis grounding terminal
3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage of power supply circuit between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(R58) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Replace the fuel pump. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-47, Fuel Pump.>
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance of harness connec-tor between fuel pump and fuel pump relay.
Connector & terminal(R58) No. 5 — (B362) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connec-tor and chassis grounding terminal• Poor contact in coupling connector
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump and fuel pump relay connector.
Connector & terminal(R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 6. Repair the short circuit in harness between fuel pump and fuel pump relay connector.
6 CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY.1) Disconnect the connectors from fuel pump relay and main relay.2) Remove the fuel pump relay and main relay with bracket.3) Connect the battery to fuel pump relay con-nector terminals No. 3 and No. 4.4) Measure the resistance between connector terminals of fuel pump relay.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Go to step 7. Replace the fuel pump relay. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-47, Fuel Pump.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-62
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 17 — (B362) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 8. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector.
8 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Check the fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-64, FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diag-nostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-63
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUITCAUTION:• Check or repair only faulty parts.• After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(di-ag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OP-ERATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02432
E6 E17
E5 E16
1 2
12 12 12 12
34
27
17
33
42
48
43
44
45
ECMB134
E5 E16 E6 E17
B21
E2
FUEL INJECTORNo. 1
FUEL INJECTORNo. 2
FUEL INJECTORNo. 3
FUEL INJECTORNo. 4
BATTERY
SBF-8
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
B47
3 41 2
5 6
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-64
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJEC-
TOR.While cranking the engine, check each fuel injector emits operating sound. Use a sound scope or apply a screwdriver to the injector for this check.
Does the fuel pump emit oper-ating sound?
Check the fuel pressure. <Ref. to ME(H4SO 2.0)-27, INSPECTION, Fuel Pressure.>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH FUEL INJECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the power supply voltage between fuel injector terminal and engine ground.
Connector & terminal#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#4 (E17) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between main relay and fuel injector connector• Poor contact in main relay connec-tor• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in fuel injector con-nector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal#1 (B134) No. 17 — (E5) No. 1:#2 (B134) No. 27 — (E16) No. 1:#3 (B134) No. 34 — (E6) No. 1:#4 (B134) No. 33 — (E17) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal#1 (B134) No. 17 — Chassis ground:#2 (B134) No. 27 — Chassis ground:#3 (B134) No. 34 — Chassis ground:#4 (B134) No. 33 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
5 CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between each fuel injector terminals.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance 5 — 20 Ω? Go to step 6. Replace the faulty fuel injector.
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Inspection using “General Diagnos-tic Table” <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-224, INSPECTION, General Diagnos-tic Table.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-65
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
17.List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)A: LIST
DTC Item NOTE
P0030 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-71, DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
P0031 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-73, DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0032 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-76, DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0037 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-78, DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0038 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-81, DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0107 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Baro-metric Pressure Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-83, DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0108 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Baro-metric Pressure Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-86, DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-89, DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-91, DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-94, DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEM-PERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-96, DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEM-PERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0122 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-99, DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0123 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-102, DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-105, DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL, Diagnostic Proce-dure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0130 O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-107, DTC P0130 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0131 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-110, DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0132 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-112, DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0133 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-114, DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P0134 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-116, DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0137 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-118, DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0138 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-121, DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0139 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-124, DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0171 System Too Lean (Bank 1) <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0172 System Too Rich (Bank 1) <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0222 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-128, DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0223 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-131, DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-134, DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0302 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-134, DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0303 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-134, DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0304 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-135, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0327 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-142, DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIR-CUIT LOW INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0328 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-144, DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIR-CUIT HIGH INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor “A” Cir-cuit
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-146, DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-148, DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Proce-dure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0400 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-150, DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCU-LATION FLOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-153, DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFI-CIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0458 Evaporative Emission Control Sys-tem Purge Control Valve Circuit Low
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-155, DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0459 Evaporative Emission Control Sys-tem Purge Control Valve Circuit High
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-157, DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnos-tic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0462 Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-159, DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIR-CUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
DTC Item NOTE
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-67
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P0463 Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-159, DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIR-CUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-159, DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0512 Starter Request Circuit <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-160, DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIR-CUIT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0513 Incorrect Immobilizer Key <Ref. to IM(diag)-17, DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY, Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0519 Idle Control System Malfunction (Fail-Safe)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-163, DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0558 Generator Circuit Low Input <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-163, DTC P0558 GENERATOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0559 Generator Circuit High Input <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-164, DTC P0559 GENERATOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0600 Serial Communication Link <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-165, DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0604 Internal Control Module Read Access Memory (RAM) Error
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-166, DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MOD-ULE READ ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0605 Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-167, DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MOD-ULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0607 Control Module Performance <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-168, DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PER-FORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0638 Throttle Actuator Control Range/Per-formance (Bank 1)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-169, DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0691 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-170, DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0692 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit High <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-170, DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0700 Transmission Control System (MIL Request)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-170, DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0851 Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-171, DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P0852 Neutral Switch Input Circuit High <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-173, DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1134 A/F Sensor Micro-Computer Problem <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-176, DTC P1134 A/F SENSOR MICRO-COM-PUTER PROBLEM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1137 O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank1 Sensor1) <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-178, DTC P1137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1160 Return Spring Failure <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1492 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Cir-cuit Malfunction (Low Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1493 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Cir-cuit Malfunction (High Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
DTC Item NOTE
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-68
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P1494 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Cir-cuit Malfunction (Low Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1495 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Cir-cuit Malfunction (High Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1496 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Cir-cuit Malfunction (Low Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1497 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Cir-cuit Malfunction (High Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181, DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1498 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Cir-cuit Malfunction (Low Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-182, DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1499 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Cir-cuit Malfunction (High Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-184, DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1518 Starter Switch Circuit Low Input <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-186, DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIR-CUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1521 Brake Switch Circuit Range/Perfor-mance Problem (High Input)
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-189, DTC P1521 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1560 Back-Up Voltage Circuit Malfunction <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-191, DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIR-CUIT MALFUNCTION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1570 Antenna <Ref. to IM(diag)-18, DTC P1570 ANTENNA, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1571 Reference Code Incompatibility <Ref. to IM(diag)-21, DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1572 IMM Circuit Failure (Except antenna circuit)
<Ref. to IM(diag)-22, DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1574 Key Communication Failure <Ref. to IM(diag)-25, DTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE, Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1576 EGI Control Module EEPROM <Ref. to IM(diag)-25, DTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM, Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1577 IMM Control Module EEPROM <Ref. to IM(diag)-25, DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P1578 Meter Failure <Ref. to IM(diag)-26, DTC P1578 METER FAILURE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2100 Throttle Control Motor Circuit Open <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-192, DTC P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT OPEN, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2101 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Cir-cuit Range/Performance
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Proce-dure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2102 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Cir-cuit Low
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-200, DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2103 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Cir-cuit High
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-203, DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2109 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Minimum Stop Performance
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-205, DTC P2109 THROTTLE ANGLE CLOSED POSITION ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
DTC Item NOTE
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-69
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P2111 Throttle Actuator Control System - Stuck Open
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-205, DTC P2111 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - STUCK OPEN, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2122 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D” Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-206, DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2123 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D” Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-209, DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2127 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit Low Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-211, DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2128 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit High Input
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-214, DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2135 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B” Voltage Rationality
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-216, DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” / “B” VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
P2138 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “D”/“E” Voltage Rationality
<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-220, DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSI-TION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” / “E” VOLTAGE RATIONALITY, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
DTC Item NOTE
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-70
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
18.Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)A: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
50
51 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-71
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC-TOR.1) Start and warm-up the engine.2) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.3) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.4) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 2 — (E24) No. 3:(B135) No. 3 — (E24) No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 2. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC-TOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 33 — (E24) No. 1:(B136) No. 35 — (E24) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 3. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MAIN RELAY AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CON-NECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between main relay and front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-nector.
Connector & terminal(B47) No. 3 — (E24) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
4 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector terminals.
TerminalsNo. 3 — No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check the poor contact in ECM and front oxy-gen (A/F) sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-nector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-72
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
B: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-73
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Do DTC P0031 and P0037
appear at the same time on the Subaru Select Monitor?
Go to step 2. Go to step 5.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXY-GEN (A/F) SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E24) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3. Repair the power supply line.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between main relay and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector• Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector• Poor contact in main relay connec-tor
3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 5 — Chassis ground:(B135) No. 6 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine ground terminal• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
4 CHECK CURRENT DATA.1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the current more than 0.2 A? Repair the poor contact connector.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
Go to step 5.
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Start and idle the engine.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B135) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
6 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B135) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Does the voltage change by shaking the ECM harness and connector while monitoring the value of voltage meter?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 7.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-74
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
7 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between front oxy-gen (A/F) sensor connector terminals.
TerminalsNo. 3 — No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open or ground short circuit in har-ness between front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor and ECM con-nector• Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-75
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
C: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-76
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B135) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR HEATER CURRENT.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Repair the battery short circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the current more than 2.3 A? Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
END.
3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B135) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Does the voltage change by shaking the ECM harness and connector?
Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector.
END.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-77
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
D: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-78
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 5 — Chassis ground:(B135) No. 6 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 2. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine ground terminal• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
2 CHECK CURRENT DATA.1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the current more than 0.2 A? Repair the con-nector.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connecting harness connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Start and idle the engine.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Go to step 6. Go to step 4.
4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Does the voltage change by shaking the ECM harness and connector while monitoring the value of voltage meter?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 5.
5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and rear oxy-gen sensor con-nector. After repair, replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-79
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
6 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXY-GEN SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B19) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7. Repair the power supply line.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between main relay and rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
7 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between rear oxy-gen (A/F) sensor connector terminals.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 30 Ω?
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen sen-sor and ECM con-nector• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-80
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
E: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-81
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK CURRENT DATA.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Repair the battery short circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor con-nector.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the current more than 7 A? Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
END.
3 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
END.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-82
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
F: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02437
18
20
17
MANIFOLDABSOLUTEPRESSURE
SENSOR1
9
207
B21
E2
1 32
E21
ECM
B21
B136
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B183
B83
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
E21
1 2 3
5
1
:LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-83
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value less than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)?
Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check the poor contact in ECM and manifold pressure sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM or manifold pressure sensor con-nector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM or manifold pressure sensor connector.
Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a nor-mal condition at this time.
3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Does the voltage change by shaking the ECM harness and connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM and chas-sis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 20 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
6 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR).Read the data of atmospheric absolute pres-sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value more than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg) when shaking the ECM har-ness and connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 7.
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 8. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-84
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 18 — (E21) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 9. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
9 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in manifold absolute pres-sure sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in mani-fold absolute pressure sensor connector?
Repair the poor contact in mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor connector.
Replace the mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-26, Manifold Abso-lute Pressure Sen-sor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-85
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
G: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02437
18
20
17
MANIFOLDABSOLUTEPRESSURE
SENSOR1
9
207
B21
E2
1 32
E21
ECM
B21
B136
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B183
B83
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
E21
1 2 3
5
1
:LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-86
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value more than 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg)?
Go to step 10. Go to step 2.
2 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Does the voltage change by shaking the ECM harness and connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 20 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 0.2 V? Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR).Read the data of atmospheric absolute pres-sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value more than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg) when shaking the ECM har-ness and connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 6.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 4.5 V? Go to step 7. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 20 — (E21) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 8. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-87
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 18 — (E21) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 9. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
9 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in manifold absolute pres-sure sensor connector.
Is there poor contact in mani-fold absolute pressure sensor connector?
Repair the poor contact in mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor connector.
Replace the mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-26, Manifold Abso-lute Pressure Sen-sor.>
10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN-SOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and the Subaru Select Monitor switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and the Sub-aru Select Monitor switch to ON.4) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value more than 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg)?
Repair the battery short in harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
Replace the mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-26, Manifold Abso-lute Pressure Sen-sor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-88
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
H: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02438
28
18
INTAKE AIRTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
196
B21
E2
21
E20
E20
ECM
B21
B136
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2
B183
B83
5
1
B83 :LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-89
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the intake air temperature more than 120°C (248°F)?
Go to step 2. Repair the poor contact.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in intake air tempera-ture sensor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from intake air temperature sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the intake air temperature less than −40°C (−40°F)?
Replace the intake air temperature sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-27, Intake Air Temper-ature Sensor.>
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between intake air tempera-ture sensor and ECM connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-90
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
I: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02438
28
18
INTAKE AIRTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
196
B21
E2
21
E20
E20
ECM
B21
B136
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2
B183
B83
5
1
B83 :LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-91
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the intake air temperature less than −40°C (−40°F)?
Go to step 2. Repair the poor contact.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in intake air tempera-ture sensor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from intake air temperature sensor.3) Measure the voltage between intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 28 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between intake air tempera-ture sensor and ECM connector.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 28 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between intake air tempera-ture sensor and ECM connector.
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.Measure the voltage between intake air tem-perature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 28 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 3 V? Go to step 5. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between intake air tempera-ture sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in intake air tempera-ture sensor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-92
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance of harness between intake air temperature sensor con-nector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 18 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Replace the intake air temperature sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-27, Intake Air Temper-ature Sensor.>
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between intake air tempera-ture sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in intake air tempera-ture sensor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in joint connector
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-93
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
J: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Hard to start• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02439
18
22
198
B136 ECM
12
E2
B21
E8
ENGINECOOLANT
TEMPERATURESENSOR
E8
B21
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2
B183
B83
5
1
B83 :LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-94
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera-ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Moni-tor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the engine coolant tempera-ture more than 150°C (302°F)?
Go to step 2. Repair the poor contact.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-sor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of engine coolant tempera-ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Moni-tor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the engine coolant tempera-ture less than −40°C (−40°F)?
Replace the engine coolant temperature sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-20, Engine Coolant Temperature Sen-sor.>
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between engine coolant temperature sen-sor and ECM con-nector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-95
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
K: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Hard to start• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02439
18
22
198
B136 ECM
12
E2
B21
E8
ENGINECOOLANT
TEMPERATURESENSOR
E8
B21
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2
B183
B83
5
1
B83 :LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-96
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK CURRENT DATA.
1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera-ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Moni-tor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the engine coolant tempera-ture less than −40°C (−40°F)?
Go to step 2. Repair the poor contact.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-sor• Poor contact in ECM• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from engine coolant temperature sensor.3) Measure the voltage between engine cool-ant temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E8) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and engine coolant tempera-ture sensor con-nector.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between engine cool-ant temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E8) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and engine coolant tempera-ture sensor con-nector.
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.Measure the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E8) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 4 V? Go to step 5. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant tempera-ture sensor con-nector• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-sor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-97
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance of harness between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E8) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Replace the engine coolant temperature sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-20, Engine Coolant Temperature Sen-sor.>
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant tempera-ture sensor con-nector• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-sor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in joint connector
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-98
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
L: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Engine stalls.• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-99
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-100
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact in con-nector between ECM and elec-tronic throttle control?
Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B136) No. 17 — (E78) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the chas-sis short circuit of harness.
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 6. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
6 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?
Repair the poor contact of elec-tronic throttle con-trol connector. Replace the accel-erator position sensor if defective.
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-101
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
M: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Engine stalls.• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-102
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-103
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.63 V?
Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact in con-nector between ECM and elec-tronic throttle control?
Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B136) No. 18 — (E78) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT POWER SUP-PLY.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 6. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in harness. Repair the elec-tronic throttle con-trol.
Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-104
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
N: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Engine would not return to idling.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02439
18
22
198
B136 ECM
12
E2
B21
E8
ENGINECOOLANT
TEMPERATURESENSOR
E8
B21
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2
B183
B83
5
1
B83 :LHD
B183 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-105
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0125.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK THERMOSTAT. Does the thermostat remain opened?
Replace the ther-mostat. <Ref. to CO(H4SO 2.0)-18, Thermostat.>
Replace the engine coolant temperature sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-20, Engine Coolant Temperature Sen-sor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-106
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
O: DTC P0130 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-107
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
2 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DA-TA.1) Start the engine.2) While observing the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool screen, warm-up the engine until coolant temperature is above 70°C (160°F).If the engine is already warmed-up, operate at idle speed for at least 1 minute.3) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:• Subaru Select MonitorFor detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Monitor.>• OBD-II general scan toolFor detailed operation procedures, refer to OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Is the voltage 0.85 — 1.15 V? Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
3 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DA-TA.1) Race the engine at speeds from idling to 5,000 rpm for a total of 5 cycles.2) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal during racing using Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:• Air fuel ratio is rich at normal condition or during racing.• To increase engine speed to 5,000 rpm, slowly depress accelerator pedal, taking approximately 5 seconds, and quickly release accelerator pedal to decrease engine speed.
Is the voltage more than 1.1 V? Go to step 6. Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.3) Measure the resistance between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 33 — (E24) No. 1:(B136) No. 35 — (E24) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the open circuit between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 33 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 35 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 6. Repair the ground short circuit between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-108
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:Check the following items.• Loose part of exhaust system and incom-plete installation• Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts• Looseness of front oxygen (A/F) sensor• Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-109
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P: DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-110
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 33 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 35 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-111
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Q: DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-112
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Disconnect the connector from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.3) Measure the voltage of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 33 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 35 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 8 V? Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-113
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
R: DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-114
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0133.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
NOTE:Check the following items.• Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads• Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter• Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair the exhaust system.
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-115
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
S: DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SEN-SOR 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
50
51 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-116
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 33 — (E24) No. 1:(B136) No. 35 — (E24) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 2. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector• Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector.
Is there poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connec-tor?
Repair the poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor connector.
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-117
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
T: DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-118
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0137.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is above 70°C (158°F), and keep the engine speed at 5,000 rpm.2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the voltage more than 490 mV?
Go to step 5. Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor.3) Measure the resistance in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor con-nector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 19 — (B19) No. 4:(B136) No. 18 — (B19) No. 3:
Is the resistance more than 3 Ω?
Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sen-sor connector.
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY-GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B19) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 0.2 — 0.5 V? Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen sen-sor and ECM con-nector• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-119
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:Check the following items:• Loose part of exhaust system and incom-plete installation• Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts• Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair or replace the faulty part.
Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-120
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
U: DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-121
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0138.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is above 70°C (158°F), and lower the engine speed rapidly from 5,000 rpm.2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the voltage more than 250 mV?
Go to step 5. Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor.3) Measure the resistance in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor con-nector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 19 — (B19) No. 4:(B136) No. 18 — (B19) No. 3:
Is the resistance more than 3 Ω?
Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sen-sor connector.
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY-GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B19) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 0.2 — 0.5 V? Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen sen-sor and ECM con-nector• Poor contact in rear oxygen sen-sor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-122
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:Check the following items:• Loose part of exhaust system and incom-plete installation• Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts• Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair or replace the faulty part.
Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-123
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
V: DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-124
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0139.
Replace the rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-33, Rear Oxy-gen Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-125
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
W: DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)Refer to DTC P0172 for diagnostic procedure. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOORICH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
X: DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Engine stalls.• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Are there holes or loose bolts
on exhaust system?Repair the exhaust system.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?
Repair the air intake system.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK EGR VALVE. Is the EGR valve stuck? Replace the EGR valve.
Go to step 4.
4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Is the purge control solenoid valve stuck?
Replace the purge control solenoid valve.
Go to step 5.
5 CHECK PCV VALVE. Is the PCV valve stuck? Replace the PCV valve.
Go to step 6.
6 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
Warning:• Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area.• Be careful not to spill fuel.1) Release the fuel pressure.
(1) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump relay.(2) Start the engine and run it until it stalls.(3) After the engine stalls, crank it for five more seconds.(4) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the connector to fuel pump relay.3) Disconnect the fuel delivery hose, and con-nect the fuel pressure gauge.4) Install the fuel filler cap.5) Start the engine and idle while gear posi-tion is neutral.6) Measure the fuel pressure while discon-necting pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake manifold.
Warning:Release fuel pressure before removing thefuel pressure gauge,.
NOTE:If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuelreturn hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuelpressure again.
Is fuel pressure 284 — 314
kPa (2.9 — 3.2 kg/cm2, 41 — 46 psi)?
Go to step 7. Repair the follow-ing items.Fuel pressure is too high:
• Clogged fuel return line or bent hose
Fuel pressure is too low:
• Improper fuel pump discharge• Clogged fuel supply line
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
7 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.After connecting the pressure regulator vac-uum hose, measure fuel pressure.
Warning:Release fuel pressure before removing thefuel pressure gauge,.
NOTE:• If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pressure again.• If the measured value at this step is out of specification, check or replace pressure regu-lator and pressure regulator vacuum hose.
Is measured value 206 — 235
kPa (2.1 — 2.4 kg/cm2, 30 — 34 psi)?
Go to step 8. Repair the follow-ing items.Fuel pressure is too high:
• Faulty pres-sure regulator• Clogged fuel return line or bent hose
Fuel pressure is too low:
• Faulty pres-sure regulator• Improper fuel pump discharge• Clogged fuel supply line
8 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera-ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Moni-tor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the engine coolant tempera-ture 70 — 100°C (158 — 212°F)?
Go to step 9. Replace the engine coolant temperature sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-20, Engine Coolant Temperature Sen-sor.>
9 CHECK MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL.1) Start and warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is above 60°C (140°F).2) Place the select lever in “N” or “P” position.3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF.4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.5) Read the data of manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the measurement value 24.0 — 41.3 kPa (180 — 310 mmHg, 7.09 — 12.20 inHg) when idling and 73.3 — 106.6 kPa (550 — 800 mmHg, 21.65 — 31.50 inHg) when the igni-tion turns to ON?
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Replace the mani-fold pressure sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-26, Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor.>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-127
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Y: DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-128
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-129
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:(B136) No. 17 — (E78) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 24 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the chas-sis short circuit of harness.
5 CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 6. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
6 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?
Repair the poor contact of elec-tronic throttle con-trol connector. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol if defective.
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-130
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Z: DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-131
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-132
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.73 V?
Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact in con-nector between ECM and elec-tronic throttle control?
Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 18 — (E78) No. 1:(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 6. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between connector terminals.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 24 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact. Replace the electronic throttle control.
Sensor power sup-ply circuit may be shorted.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-133
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AA:DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTEDNOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-135, DTC P0304 CYLIN-DER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
AB:DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTEDNOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-135, DTC P0304 CYLIN-DER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
AC:DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTEDNOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-135, DTC P0304 CYLIN-DER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-134
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AD:DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTEDDTC DETECTING CONDITION:• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault• Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)TROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Engine stalls.• Erroneous idling• Rough driving
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02432
E6 E17
E5 E16
1 2
12 12 12 12
34
27
17
33
42
48
43
44
45
ECMB134
E5 E16 E6 E17
B21
E2
FUEL INJECTORNo. 1
FUEL INJECTORNo. 2
FUEL INJECTORNo. 3
FUEL INJECTORNo. 4
BATTERY
SBF-8
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
B47
3 41 2
5 6
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-135
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0301, P0302,P0303 and P0304.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal#1 (B134) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#2 (B134) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#3 (B134) No. 34 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#4 (B134) No. 33 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7. Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC-TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 4. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between fuel injector and ECM connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC-TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness connector between ECM connector and fuel injector on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal#1 (B134) No. 17 — (E5) No. 1:#2 (B134) No. 27 — (E16) No. 1:#3 (B134) No. 34 — (E6) No. 1:#4 (B134) No. 33 — (E17) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
5 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance 5 — 20 Ω? Go to step 6. Replace the faulty fuel injector. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-29, Fuel Injector.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-136
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
6 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between fuel injector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal#1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):#4 (E17) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor contact in all con-nectors in fuel injector circuit.
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between main relay and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in main relay connec-tor• Poor contact in fuel injector con-nector on faulty cylinders
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC-TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinder.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal#1 (B134) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#2 (B134) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#3 (B134) No. 34 (+) — Chassis ground (−):#4 (B134) No. 33 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and fuel injector. After repair, replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Go to step 8.
8 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between fuel injec-tor terminals on faulty cylinder.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Replace the faulty fuel injector <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-29, Fuel Injector.> and ECM <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Go to step 9.
9 CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAMSHAFT PO-SITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?
Tighten the cam-shaft position sen-sor or crankshaft position sensor.
Go to step 10.
10 CHECK CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET.Remove the timing belt cover.
Is the crankshaft sprocket rusted or does it have broken teeth?
Replace the crank-shaft sprocket. <Ref. to ME(H4SO 2.0)-50, Crank Sprocket.>
Go to step 11.
11 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT.Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align align-ment mark on crankshaft sprocket with align-ment mark on cylinder block.ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET
Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position?
Repair the installa-tion condition of timing belt. <Ref. to ME(H4SO 2.0)-43, Timing Belt.>
Go to step 12.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-137
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
12 CHECK FUEL LEVEL. Is the fuel meter indication higher than the “Lower” level?
Go to step 13. Replenish fuel so fuel meter indica-tion is higher than the “Lower” level. After replenishing fuel, Go to step 13.
13 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDI-CATOR LIGHT.1) Clear the memory using Subaru Select Monitor.<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, Clear Mem-ory Mode.>2) Start the engine, and drive the vehicle more than 10 minutes.
Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink?
Go to step 15. Go to step 14.
14 CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE DIAGNOSED. Was the cause of misfire iden-tified when the engine is run-ning. Ex. Disconnection of spark plug cord.
Finish diagnostics operation, if the engine has no abnormality.
1. Repair the poor contact.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in ignitor connector• Poor contact in ignition coil con-nector• Poor contact in fuel injector con-nector on faulty cylinders• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
2. If there is no poor contact, check the follow-ings and contact with your Subaru distributor service.
• Fuel condi-tion• Whether addition agent is used or not• Plug condi-tion• Plug cord condition• Engine oil condition
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-138
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
15 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. Is there any fault in air intake system?
Repair the air intake system.
NOTE:Check the follow-ing items:• Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts?• Are there cracks or any disconnec-tion of hoses?
Go to step 16.
16 CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the DTC.• Subaru Select Monitor<Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Monitor.>• OBD-II general scan toolFor detailed operation procedures, refer to OBD-II General Scan Tool Operation Manual.
NOTE:Perform diagnosis according to the items listedbelow.
Does the Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool display only one DTC?
Go to step 21. Go to step 17.
17 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?
Does the Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool indicate DTC P0301 and P0302?
Go to step 22. Go to step 18.
18 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?
Does the Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool indicate DTC P0303 and P0304?
Go to step 23. Go to step 19.
19 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?
Does the Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool indicate DTC P0301 and P0303?
Go to step 24. Go to step 20.
20 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?
Does the Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool indicate DTC P0302 and P0304?
Go to step 25. Go to step 26.
21 ONLY ONE CYLINDER Is there any fault in that cylin-der?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:Check the follow-ing items.• Spark plug• Spark plug cord• Fuel injector• Compression ratio
Go to DTC P0171. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-139
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
22 GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLINDERS Are there any faults in #1 and #2 cylinders?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:• Check the fol-lowing items.
• Spark plugs• Fuel injectors• Ignition coil• Compres-sion ratio
• If no abnormal is discovered, check for “IGNITION CONTROL SYS-TEM” of #1 and #2 cylinders side. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-58, IGNITION CON-TROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
Go to DTC P0171. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
23 GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS Are there any faults in #3 and #4 cylinders?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:• Check the fol-lowing items.
• Spark plugs• Fuel injectors• Ignition coil
• If no abnormal is discovered, check for “16. D: IGNI-TION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #3 and #4 cylinders side. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-58, IGNITION CON-TROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>
Go to DTC P0171. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
24 GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLINDERS Are there any faults in #1 and #3 cylinders?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:Check the follow-ing items.• Spark plugs• Fuel injectors• Skipping timing belt teeth
Go to DTC P0171. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-140
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
25 GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLINDERS Are there any faults in #2 and #4 cylinders?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:Check the follow-ing items.• Spark plugs• Fuel injectors• Compression ratio• Skipping timing belt teeth
Go to DTC P0171. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
26 CYLINDER AT RANDOM Is the engine idle rough? Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-126, DTC P0171 SYS-TEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diag-nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:Check the follow-ing items.• Spark plugs• Fuel injectors• Compression ratio
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-141
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AE:DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Poor driving performance• Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02442
23
12
KNOCKSENSOR
13
2
ECMB136
B20
E1
E14
E14
B20
E
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-142
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN-
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM har-ness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 23 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?
Go to step 2. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between knock sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in knock sensor con-nector• Poor contact in coupling connector
2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.1) Disconnect the connector from knock sen-sor.2) Measure the resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
TerminalsNo. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?
Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in knock sensor con-nector
3 CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK SENSOR INSTALLATION.
Is the knock sensor installation bolt tightened securely?
Replace the knock sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-23, Knock Sensor.>
Tighten the knock sensor installation bolt securely.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-143
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AF:DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Poor driving performance• Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02442
23
12
KNOCKSENSOR
13
2
ECMB136
B20
E1
E14
E14
B20
E
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-144
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN-
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 23 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.1) Disconnect the connector from knock sen-sor.2) Measure the resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and engine ground.
TerminalsNo. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
Replace the knock sensor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-23, Knock Sensor.>
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between knock sensor con-nector and ECM connector.
NOTE:The harness be-tween both con-nectors areshielded. Repairthe short circuit inharness coveredwith shield.
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Connect the connectors to ECM and knock sensor.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 2 V? Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a nor-mal condition at this time. (How-ever, the possibility of poor contact still remains.)
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Poor contact in knock sensor con-nector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-145
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AG:DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUITDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Engine stalls.• Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02443
128 7
24
32
B20
E1
E10
E10
1 2
B136 ECM
CRANKSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR
E
B20
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
*
* : WITH IMMOBILIZER: 27 WITHOUT IMMOBILIZER: 26
3
4
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B138
B122
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-146
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK-
SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from crankshaft position sensor.3) Measure the resistance of harness between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between crankshaft posi-tion sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK-SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between crankshaft posi-tion sensor and ECM connector.
NOTE:The harness be-tween both con-nectors areshielded. Repairthe ground shortcircuit in harnesswith shield.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK-SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON-NECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E10) No. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between crankshaft posi-tion sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
4 CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO-SITION SENSOR.
Is the crankshaft position sen-sor installation bolt tightened securely?
Go to step 5. Tighten the crank-shaft position sen-sor installation bolt securely.
5 CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.1) Remove the crankshaft position sensor.2) Measure the resistance between connector terminals of crankshaft position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance 1 — 4 kΩ? Repair the poor contact in crank-shaft position sen-sor connector.
Replace the crank-shaft position sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-21, Crankshaft Posi-tion Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-147
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AH:DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SIN-GLE SENSOR)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Engine stalls.• Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02444
E15
1 2
126 5
25
32
B20
E1
E15
B136 ECM
CAMSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR
E
B20
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
7
* : WITH IMMOBILIZER: 26 WITHOUT IMMOBILIZER: 27
4
*
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B138
B122
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-148
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from camshaft position sensor.3) Measure the resistance of harness between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between camshaft position sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC-TOR.Measure the resistance of harness between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between camshaft position sensor and ECM connector.
NOTE:The harness be-tween both con-nectors areshielded. Repairthe ground shortcircuit in harnesswith shield.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC-TOR.Measure the resistance of harness between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E15) No. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between camshaft position sensor and ECM connector• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
4 CHECK CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSI-TION SENSOR.
Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?
Go to step 5. Tighten the cam-shaft position sen-sor installation bolt securely.
5 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.1) Remove the camshaft position sensor.2) Measure the resistance between connector terminals of camshaft position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance 1 — 4 kΩ? Repair the poor contact in cam-shaft position sen-sor connector.
Replace the cam-shaft position sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-22, Camshaft Position Sensor.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-149
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AI: DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOWDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Movement performance problem when engine is low speed.• Erroneous idling• Movement performance problem
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02445
EE
B47
E18
251436
B21
E2
B21
E2
B21
E2
53
64
21 4
82
6A
12
A3
A1
3A
4
C6
C5
D1
25
29
30
35
36
SBF-5
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
EGRVALVE
A: B134
C: B136
D: B137
ECM
B47
3 41 2
5 6
A2
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
D:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
1 34 5 6
2
E18
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-150
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK CURRENT DATA.1) Start the engine.2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:For detailed operation procedure, refer to“READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Mon-itor.>
Is the value more than 53.3 kPa (400 mmHg, 15.75 inHg)?
Make sure that the EGR valve, mani-fold absolute pres-sure sensor and throttle body are installed securely.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK THE POWER SUPPLY OF EGR SO-LENOID VALVE.1) Detach the connector from EGR solenoid valve.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between EGR sole-noid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E18) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E18) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit in harness between main relay and EGR solenoid valve connector.
4 CHECK EGR SOLENOID VALVE.Measure the resistance between EGR sole-noid valve terminals.
NOTE:Make sure there is no foreign material betweenEGR solenoid valve and valve seat.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:No. 3 — No. 2:No. 4 — No. 5:No. 6 — No. 5:
Is the resistance 20 — 30 Ω? Go to step 5. Replace the EGR solenoid valve. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-28, EGR Valve.>
5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect the connector to ECM and EGR solenoid valve.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B134) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 0 — 10 V? Repair the poor contact portion in ECM connector.
Go to step 6.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-151
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR SOLE-NOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Detach the connector from EGR solenoid valve and ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between EGR solenoid valve and ECM con-nector.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 4 — (E18) No. 6:(B134) No. 12 — (E18) No. 1:(B134) No. 3 — (E18) No. 4:(B134) No. 13 — (E18) No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 7. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector.
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR SOLE-NOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between EGR solenoid valve and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 4 — Chassis ground:(B134) No. 3 — Chassis ground:(B134) No. 12 — Chassis ground:(B134) No. 13 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 8. Repair the short circuit in harness between main relay and EGR solenoid valve connector.
8 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact for ECM and EGR sole-noid valve connector.
Is there poor contact for ECM and EGR solenoid valve con-nector?
Repair the poor contact of ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector.
Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to the specified condi-tion at this time.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-152
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AJ:DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Engine stalls.• Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02435
B47T5
3 45 6
1 21 23 4
BATTERY
B47
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
A1
C1
9
C1
8C
30
B5
B6
REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
ECM
1 4 3
2
52
B21
T5
E2
6
B135B:
SBF-6
C: B136
E E
A: B134
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
A:
B:
C:
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
B138
B83
1
T5
B19
4
7
B19
B83
B138
:LHD
:RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-153
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the rele-
vant DTC using “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0420.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at exhaust pipes.
NOTE:Check the following positions.• Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe• Between front exhaust pipe and front cata-lytic converter• Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair or replace the exhaust sys-tem. <Ref. to EX(H4SO 2.0)-2, General Descrip-tion.>
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER. Is there damage at rear face or front face of front catalyst?
Replace the cata-lytic converter. <Ref. to EC(H4SO 2.0)-3, Front Cata-lytic Converter.>
Go to step 5.
4 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND HARNESS.1) Disconnect the rear oxygen sensor and ECM connectors.2) Measure the resistance between rear oxy-gen sensor connector and ECM connector.
Connector & terminals(B19) No. 3 — (B136) No. 18:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sen-sor.
5 CHECK SHIELD HARNESS. Is the shield harness opened? Repair the shield harness.
Contact with your Subaru distributor service.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-154
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AK:DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CON-TROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Erroneous idling
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02446
PURGE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE
E4
B21
E2
B47
B47
3 41 2
5 6
SBF-8
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
821
48
41
B134 ECM
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
E4
1 2
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-155
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a nor-mal condition at this time.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON-TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from purge con-trol solenoid valve and ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between purge control solenoid valve connec-tor and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E4) No. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 3. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON-TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-NECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 8 — (E4) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and purge control sole-noid valve connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.1) Remove the purge control solenoid valve.2) Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance 10 — 100 Ω? Go to step 5. Replace the purge control solenoid valve. <Ref. to EC(H4SO 2.0)-7, Purge Control Solenoid Valve.>
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CON-TROL SOLENOID VALVE.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between purge control solenoid valve and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E4) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 6. Repair the open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector.
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in purge control solenoid valve connector.
Is there poor contact in purge control solenoid valve connec-tor?
Repair the poor contact in purge control solenoid valve connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-156
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AL:DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CON-TROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Erroneous idling
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02446
PURGE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE
E4
B21
E2
B47
B47
3 41 2
5 6
SBF-8
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
12
46
35
821
48
41
B134 ECM
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
E4
1 2
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-157
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect the test mode connector at the lower portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) While operating the purge control solenoid valve, measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
NOTE:Purge control solenoid valve operation can beexecuted using Subaru Select Monitor. Refer to“Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode” forprocedures. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-39,Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 0 — 10 V? Go to step 2. Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a nor-mal condition at this time. In this case, repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
2 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
3 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PURGE CON-TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-NECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from purge con-trol solenoid valve.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector. After repair, replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Go to step 5.
5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Replace the purge control solenoid valve <Ref. to EC(H4SO 2.0)-7, Purge Control Solenoid Valve.> and ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Go to step 6.
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-158
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AM:DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
AN:DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
AO:DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSORDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Does DTC P0462 appear on
the Subaru Select Monitor?Check the combi-nation meter. <Ref. to IDI-3, Combination Meter System.>
Temporary poor contact occurs.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Does DTC P0463 appear on
the Subaru Select Monitor?Check the combi-nation meter. <Ref. to IDI-3, Combination Meter System.>
Temporary poor contact occurs.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK DTC OF ABS.
Check DTC of ABS.Is DTC of ABS displayed? Perform the diag-
nosis according to DTC. <Ref. to ABS(diag)-39, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Repair the poor contact in ECM.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-159
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AP:DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUITDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-160
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
1212
EN-02428
23
No
.21
B225
SBF-1SBF-7
E
16
14
16
14
ECM
B135
B72
23
B225B72
1011 12
1314
15 16
1718
19 20
2122
23 24
2526
27 28
2930
31 32
3334
35 36 39 40
3738
1 2 9
3 4
5 6
7 8
B135
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12 19
20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 1727
28
1822 23 24 25 26
32 33 34 35
1 34 5 6
2
BATTERY
IGNITIONSWITCH
STARTERRELAY
B14
M
STARTER MOTOR
E
B12 T3 T7
P N
711
B12
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
T7
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12
15
13
15
13
AT
AT
MT
MT
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-161
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
Turn the ignition switch to ON.
NOTE:Place the inhibitor switch in each position.
Does the starter motor oper-ate?
Repair the battery short circuit in starter motor cir-cuit.
Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-52, STARTER MOTOR CIR-CUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start-ing Failure.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-162
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AQ:DTC P0519 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
AR:DTC P0558 GENERATOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUTCAUTION:For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0559. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-164, DTC P0559 GENER-ATOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:In this case, it isnot necessary toinspect DTCP0519.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Start and idle the engine.3) Check the following items:• Loose installation of intake manifold and throttle body• Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle body gasket• Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Is there any fault in air intake system?
Repair air suction and leaks.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Replace the electronic throttle control.3) Check the electronic throttle control.
Are foreign matters found inside the electronic throttle control?
Remove foreign matters from the electronic throttle control.
Perform the diag-nosis of DTC P2101.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-163
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AS:DTC P0559 GENERATOR CIRCUIT HIGHDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02447
B135
F26
F26
ECM
GENERATOR
16
3
1 2 3
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-164
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AT:DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINKNOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. <Ref. to LAN(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN GENERATOR
AND ECM CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from generator and ECM.3) Measure the resistance of harness between generator connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(F26) No. 3 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 2. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and generator of harness connector.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 16 — (F26) No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Repair the poor contact in connec-tor.
Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and generator connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and genera-tor connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-165
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AU:DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Engine does not start.• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02429
BATTERYIGNITIONSWITCH
MAIN RELAY
SBF-7 SBF-1
SBF-8
B72
C4
C3
B1
4B
5
C6
B6
C1
C2
A7
C5
C7
B1
3
No.12B47
E2
B21
21
46
53
ECM
EE
36
B134
B135
A:
D: B137
B:
D1
52
37 36
34
3 41 2
5 6
B47
TO IGNITION COIL
No.13
A2
35
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B72
1 34 5 6
2
A: B:
D:
B136C:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-166
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AV:DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0607. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-168, DTC P0607 CON-TROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the rele-
vant DTC using “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Temporary poor contact occurs.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-167
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AW:DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCEDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02429
BATTERYIGNITIONSWITCH
MAIN RELAY
SBF-7 SBF-1
SBF-8
B72
C4
C3
B1
4B
5
C6
B6
C1
C2
A7
C5
C7
B1
3
No.12B47
E2
B21
21
46
53
ECM
EE
36
B134
B135
A:
D: B137
B:
D1
52
37 36
34
3 41 2
5 6
B47
TO IGNITION COIL
No.13
A2
35
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B72
1 34 5 6
2
A: B:
D:
B136C:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-168
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AX:DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)
NOTE:For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLEACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 10 — 13 V? Go to step 2. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
2 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.1) Start the engine.2) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage 13 — 15 V? Go to step 3. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
3 CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS.Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B136) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Further tighten the engine ground ter-minal.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-169
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
AY:DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOWDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Radiator fan does not operate properly.• Overheating
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
AZ:DTC P0692 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGHDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Radiator fan does not operate properly.• Overheating
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
BA:DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to AT section. <Ref. to 4AT(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Does DTC P0691 appear on
the Subaru Select Monitor?Check the radiator fan system. <Ref. to CO(H4SO 2.0)-7, Radiator Fan System.>
Temporary poor contact occurs.
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Does DTC P0692 appear on
the Subaru Select Monitor?Check the radiator fan system. <Ref. to CO(H4SO 2.0)-7, Radiator Fan System.>
Temporary poor contact occurs.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-170
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BB:DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOWDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Erroneous idling
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
B12 T3
B14
T7
INHIBITOR SWITCHNEUTRALPOSITIONSWITCH
STARTER MOTOR
P R N D 3 2 1
7
12
11
12
B135 ECM
12
B12
B25
T7
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
E
1
B25
T2
T2
B25
2
MT
AT
EN-02448
M
21
B122
1
6LHD
LHD
E3
36
B21
RH
DR
HD
LHD
LHD
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B122
B21
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-171
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Place the select lever other than “N” and “P” range.3) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Even if the mal-function indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a nor-mal condition at this time.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and transmission harness connector (T3).3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 4. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and trans-mission harness connector.
4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CON-NECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch.2) Measure the resistance of harness between transmission harness connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(T3) No. 11 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between transmission har-ness connector and inhibitor switch connector.
5 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.Measure the resistance between inhibitor switch connector receptacle’s terminals with select lever at other than “N” and “P” range.
TerminalsNo. 7 — No. 12:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 6. Replace the inhibi-tor switch. <Ref. to 4AT-52, Inhibitor Switch.>
6 CHECK SELECT CABLE CONNECTION. Is there any fault in select cable connection to inhibitor switch?
Repair the select cable connection. <Ref. to CS-14, INSPECTION, Select Cable.>
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-172
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BC:DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGHDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Erroneous idling
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
B12 T3
B14
T7
INHIBITOR SWITCHNEUTRALPOSITIONSWITCH
STARTER MOTOR
P R N D 3 2 1
7
12
11
12
B135 ECM
12
B12
B25
T7
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
E
1
B25
T2
T2
B25
2
MT
AT
EN-02448
M
21
B122
1
6LHD
LHD
E3
36
B21
RH
DR
HD
LHD
LHD
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B122
B21
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-173
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground with select lever at “N” and “P” range.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 1 V? Go to step 3. Go to step 5.
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM and chas-sis ground with select lever at other than “N” and “P” range.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 4. Go to step 5.
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.Measure the voltage between ECM and chas-sis ground.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector.
Go to step 6.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IN-HIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connectors from ECM and inhibitor switch.3) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector.
Connector & terminal(B135) No. 12 — (T7) No. 11:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 7. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector• Poor contact in coupling connector• Poor contact in inhibitor switch connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-174
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
7 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH GROUND LINE.Measure the resistance of harness between inhibitor switch connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(T7) No. 11 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 8. Repair the open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and ground line.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and ground line
8 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.Measure the resistance between inhibitor switch connector receptacle’s terminals with select lever at “N” and “P” range.
TerminalsNo. 7 — No. 12:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 9. Replace the inhibi-tor switch. <Ref. to 4AT-52, Inhibitor Switch.>
9 CHECK SELECT CABLE CONNECTION. Is there any fault in select cable connection to inhibitor switch?
Repair the select cable connection. <Ref. to CS-14, INSPECTION, Select Cable.>
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-175
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BD:DTC P1134 A/F SENSOR MICRO-COMPUTER PROBLEMDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, Inspec-tion Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-176
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using
the List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC). <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
NOTE:It is not necessaryto inspect DTCP1134.
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-177
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BE: DTC P1137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT (BANK1 SENSOR1)DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02433
3 41 2
5 6
B47SBF-6
E
B47 E24
53
46
21
4
213
C3
4C
35
C3
3
B3
B2
B1B135
E
B5
B6
52 B21
E2
B21 E2
505
1 34
E2
B21
E
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
E24
ECM
BATTERY
FRONT OXYGEN(A/F) SENSOR
MAIN RELAY
B136
B:
C:
1234
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-178
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect DTC using
“List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DA-TA.1) Start the engine.2) While observing the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool screen, warm-up the engine until coolant temperature is above 70°C (160°F).If the engine is already warmed-up, operate at idle speed for at least 1 minute.3) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal during idling using Subaru Select Moni-tor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:• Subaru Select MonitorFor detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-25, Subaru Select Monitor.>• OBD-II general scan toolFor detailed operation procedures, refer to OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Is the voltage 0.85 — 1.15 V? Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
3 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DA-TA.Race the engine at speeds from idling to 5,000 rpm for a total of 5 cycles.
NOTE:• Air fuel ratio is rich at normal condition or during racing.• To increase engine speed to 5,000 rpm, slowly depress accelerator pedal, taking approximately 5 seconds, and quickly release accelerator pedal to decrease engine speed.
Is the voltage more than 1.1 V? Go to step 6. Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.3) Measure the resistance between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 33 — (E24) No. 1:(B136) No. 35 — (E24) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the open circuit between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 33 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 35 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 6. Repair the ground short circuit between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-179
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:Check the following items.• Loose part of exhaust system and incom-plete installation• Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts• Looseness of front oxygen (A/F) sensor• Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Is there any fault in exhaust system?
Repair or replace faulty parts.
Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sen-sor. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-32, Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor, .>
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-180
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BF:DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURENOTE:For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLEACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BG:DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-182, DTC P1498 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BH:DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-184, DTC P1499 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BI: DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-182, DTC P1498 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BJ:DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-184, DTC P1499 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BK:DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-182, DTC P1498 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BL:DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
NOTE:For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-184, DTC P1499 EGR SO-LENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-181
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BM:DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine breathing
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02445
EE
B47
E18
251436
B21
E2
B21
E2
B21
E2
53
64
21 4
82
6A
12
A3
A1
3A
4
C6
C5
D1
25
29
30
35
36
SBF-5
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
EGRVALVE
A: B134
C: B136
D: B137
ECM
B47
3 41 2
5 6
A2
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
D:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
1 34 5 6
2
E18
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-182
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR SOLE-
NOID VALVE.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from EGR sole-noid valve.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between EGR sole-noid valve connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E18) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E18) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between EGR solenoid valve and main relay connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminalDTC P1492; (B134) No. 13 — (E18) No. 3:DTC P1494; (B134) No. 12 — (E18) No. 1:DTC P1496; (B134) No. 3 — (E18) No. 4:DTC P1498; (B134) No. 4 — (E18) No. 6:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminalDTC P1492; (B134) No. 13 — Chassis ground:DTC P1494; (B134) No. 12 — Chassis ground:DTC P1496; (B134) No. 3 — Chassis ground:DTC P1498; (B134) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 4. Repair the ground short in harness between ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector.
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in ECM connector and EGR solenoid valve connector.
Is there poor contact in ECM connector or EGR solenoid valve connector?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector or EGR solenoid valve connector.
Replace the EGR solenoid valve. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-28, EGR Valve.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-183
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BN:DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine breathing
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02445
EE
B47
E18
251436
B21
E2
B21
E2
B21
E2
53
64
21 4
82
6A
12
A3
A1
3A
4
C6
C5
D1
25
29
30
35
36
SBF-5
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
EGRVALVE
A: B134
C: B136
D: B137
ECM
B47
3 41 2
5 6
A2
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
D:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
1 34 5 6
2
E18
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-184
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Inspect the DTC
using “List of Diag-nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-66, List of Diagnostic Trou-ble Code (DTC).>
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B134) No. 2 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 5 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 6 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 3. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine ground terminal• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from EGR sole-noid valve.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminalDTC P1493; (B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground (−):DTC P1495; (B134) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):DTC P1497; (B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):DTC P1499; (B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short in harness between ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector. After repairing, replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
Replace the ECM. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Control Module (ECM).>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-185
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BO:DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUTDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Two consecutive driving cycles with faultTROUBLE SYMPTOM:Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-186
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
1212
EN-02428
23
No
.21
B225
SBF-1SBF-7
E
16
14
16
14
ECM
B135
B72
23
B225B72
1011 12
1314
15 16
1718
19 20
2122
23 24
2526
27 28
2930
31 32
3334
35 36 39 40
3738
1 2 9
3 4
5 6
7 8
B135
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12 19
20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 1727
28
1822 23 24 25 26
32 33 34 35
1 34 5 6
2
BATTERY
IGNITIONSWITCH
STARTERRELAY
B14
M
STARTER MOTOR
E
B12 T3 T7
P N
711
B12
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
T7
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12
15
13
15
13
AT
AT
MT
MT
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-187
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
Place the inhibitor switch in the “P” or “N” range.
Does the starter motor operate when ignition switch to START?
Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open or ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and starter motor connector• Poor contact in ECM connector
Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-52, STARTER MOTOR CIR-CUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start-ing Failure.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-188
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BP:DTC P1521 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT)
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02545
12
No.4
B65
SBF-1SBF-9
E41
ECM
B137
BATTERY
BREKE SWITCH
B65
3 41 2
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-189
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between brake switch connectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery short circuit between ECM and brake switch.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK BRAKE SWITCH.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground with brake pedal depressed.
Terminal(B65) No. 1 — (B65) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Replace the brake switch. <Ref. to CC-6, Stop Light and Brake Switch.>
4 CHECK BRAKE SWITCH.Measure the resistance between brake switch connectors with brake pedal depressed.
Terminal(B65) No. 1 — (B65) No. 4:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Check the poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace the brake switch. <Ref. to CC-6, Stop Light and Brake Switch.>
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-190
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BQ:DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTIONDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02429
BATTERYIGNITIONSWITCH
MAIN RELAY
SBF-7 SBF-1
SBF-8
B72
C4
C3
B1
4B
5
C6
B6
C1
C2
A7
C5
C7
B1
3
No.12B47
E2
B21
21
46
53
ECM
EE
36
B134
B135
A:
D: B137
B:
D1
52
37 36
34
3 41 2
5 6
B47
TO IGNITION COIL
No.13
A2
35
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
B135
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 17 18 1920 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 35
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B72
1 34 5 6
2
A: B:
D:
B136C:
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
C:
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-191
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BR:DTC P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT OPENNOTE:Refer to DTC P2101 for diagnostic procedure. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLEACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 7 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and battery termi-nal.
Go to step 3.
3 CHECK FUSE No. 13. Is the fuse blown out? Replace the fuse. Repair the har-ness and connec-tor.
NOTE:In this case, repairthe following:• Open circuit in harness between ECM and battery• Poor contact in ECM connector• Poor contact in battery terminal
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-192
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BS:DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-194
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL RELAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.3) Connect the battery to electronic throttle control relay terminals No. 5 and No. 6.4) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals.
TerminalsNo. 7 — No. 8:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 2. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B362) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 3. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 4. Repair the power supply short cir-cuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 6 — Chassis ground:(B362) No. 8 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and electronic throttle control relay connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 9 — (B362) No. 6:(B137) No. 6 — (B362) No. 8:(B137) No. 7 — (B362) No. 8:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 6. Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay.
6 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.1) Connect all the connectors.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between ECM con-nector terminals.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 24 (+) — (B136) No. 8 (−):
Is the voltage more than 0.3 V? Go to step 7. Go to step 9.
7 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.Measure the voltage between ECM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 (+) — (B136) No. 18 (−):
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 8. Go to step 9.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-195
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
8 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Go to step 13.
9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 17 — (E78) No. 4:(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 10. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 23 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 24 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 11. Repair the ground short circuit of har-ness.
11 CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 12. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
12 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 2 — Engine ground:(E78) No. 5 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?
Go to step 13. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
13 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.1) Connect all the connectors.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage 0.5 — 1.0 V? Go to step 14. Go to step 16.
14 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage 0.5 — 1.0 V? Go to step 15. Go to step 16.
15 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Go to step 21.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-196
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
16 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B136) No. 18 — (E78) No. 1:(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 17. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
17 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 18. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 19. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
19 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E78) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 20. Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
20 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — (B136) No. 17:(B137) No. 24 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 21. Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
21 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect the connectors except for the elec-tric control throttle relay.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage 0.5 — 1.0 V? Go to step 22. Repair the poor contact of elec-tronic throttle con-trol connector. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol if defective.
22 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage 0.5 — 1.0 V? Go to step 23. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol if defective.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-197
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
23 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MO-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B137) No. 2 — (E78) No. 3:(B137) No. 3 — (E78) No. 3:(B137) No. 4 — (E78) No. 6:(B137) No. 5 — (E78) No. 6:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 24. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
24 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MO-TOR.1) Connect the connector to ECM.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E78) No. 6 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 25. Repair the power supply short cir-cuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control.
25 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MO-TOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 3 — Engine ground:(E78) No. 6 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 26. Repair the short circuit of harness.
26 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL MOTOR HARNESS.Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector terminals.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 3 — (E78) No. 6:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 27. Repair the short circuit of harness.
27 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL GROUND CIRCUIT.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 1 — Chassis ground:(B134) No. 2 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Go to step 28. Repair the open circuit of harness.
28 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL.Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control terminals.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 2:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 29. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-198
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
29 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL.Move the throttle valve to the fully open and fully closed positions with fingers.Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers.
Does the valve return to the specified position?Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed position
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-199
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BT:DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOWDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-200
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-201
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL RELAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.3) Connect the battery to electronic throttle control relay terminals No. 5 and No. 6.4) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals.
TerminalsNo. 7 — No. 8:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 2. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):(B362) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 5 V? Go to step 3. Repair the open or ground short cir-cuit of power sup-ply circuit.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 5 V? Go to step 4. Repair the power supply short cir-cuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 6 — Chassis ground:(B362) No. 8 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and electronic throttle control relay connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 9 — (B362) No. 6:(B137) No. 6 — (B362) No. 8:(B137) No. 7 — (B362) No. 8:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-202
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BU:DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGHDTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance• Engine stalls.
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-203
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-204
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BV:DTC P2109 THROTTLE ANGLE CLOSED POSITION ERRORNOTE:For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLEACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
BW:DTC P2111 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM - STUCK OPENNOTE:For diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-193, DTC P2101 THROTTLEACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnos-tic Trouble Code (DTC).>
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL RELAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Remove the electronic throttle control relay.3) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals.
TerminalsNo. 7 — No. 8:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 2. Replace the elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY SHORT CIRCUIT OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B362) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Is the voltage more than 5 V? Go to step 3. Repair the power supply short cir-cuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RE-LAY.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 9 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Repair the ground short circuit in har-ness between ECM and elec-tronic throttle con-trol relay.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-205
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BX:DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02449
E
C: ECMB136
B137D:
B315
ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITION
SENSOR
3 5 4 1 2 6
D2
5
D2
9
D3
1
C1
7
D3
0
C1
8
C2
C6
B21
E2
C5
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
MAIN SUB
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B134A:
C:
D:
B122
B138
51
D1
9C
1
A: B134
A2
37
36
35
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
1 2 3 4 5 6
B315
D1
12
MT
AT
AT
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-206
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-
SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — (B315) No. 5:(B137) No. 25 — (B315) No. 3:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 25 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the chas-sis short circuit of harness.
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ACCELERA-TOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 6. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
6 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 3 — No. 4:
Is the resistance 1.2 — 4.8 kΩ?
Go to step 7. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
7 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 5 — No. 4:
Check the measured value is within the specifi-cation without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Is the resistance 0.2 — 1.0 kΩ?
Go to step 8. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-207
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
8 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 5 — No. 4:
Check the measured value is within the specifi-cation with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Is the resistance 0.5 — 2.5 kΩ?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-208
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BY:DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02449
E
C: ECMB136
B137D:
B315
ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITION
SENSOR
3 5 4 1 2 6
D2
5
D2
9
D3
1
C1
7
D3
0
C1
8
C2
C6
B21
E2
C5
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
MAIN SUB
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B134A:
C:
D:
B122
B138
51
D1
9C
1
A: B134
A2
37
36
35
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
1 2 3 4 5 6
B315
D1
12
MT
AT
AT
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-209
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-
SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 31 — (B315) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between accelera-tor position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 4 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 6 V? Go to step 6. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and accelerator position sensor connector.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — (B137) No. 25:(B137) No. 29 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in acceler-ator position sen-sor connector. Replace the accel-erator position sensor if defective.
Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-210
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
BZ:DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02449
E
C: ECMB136
B137D:
B315
ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITION
SENSOR
3 5 4 1 2 6
D2
5
D2
9
D3
1
C1
7
D3
0
C1
8
C2
C6
B21
E2
C5
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
MAIN SUB
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B134A:
C:
D:
B122
B138
51
D1
9C
1
A: B134
A2
37
36
35
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
1 2 3 4 5 6
B315
D1
12
MT
AT
AT
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-211
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-
SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of sub accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 30 — (B315) No. 2:(B136) No. 17 — (B315) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 30 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the chas-sis short circuit of harness.
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ACCELERA-TOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 6. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
6 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 6:
Is the resistance 0.75 — 3.15 kΩ?
Go to step 7. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
7 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.1) Measure the resistance of accelerator posi-tion sensor.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 6:
2) Check the measured value is within the specification without depressing the accelera-tor pedal.
Is the resistance 0.15 — 0.63 kΩ?
Go to step 8. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-212
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
8 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.1) Measure the resistance of accelerator posi-tion sensor.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 6:
2) Check the measured value is within the specification with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Is the resistance 0.28 — 1.68 kΩ?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-213
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
CA:DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02449
E
C: ECMB136
B137D:
B315
ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITION
SENSOR
3 5 4 1 2 6
D2
5
D2
9
D3
1
C1
7
D3
0
C1
8
C2
C6
B21
E2
C5
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
MAIN SUB
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B134A:
C:
D:
B122
B138
51
D1
9C
1
A: B134
A2
37
36
35
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
1 2 3 4 5 6
B315
D1
12
MT
AT
AT
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-214
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-
SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of sub accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B136) No. 18 — (B315) No. 6:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between accelera-tor position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 6 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 6 V? Go to step 6. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and accelerator position sensor connector.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 30 — (B137) No. 25:(B137) No. 30 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in acceler-ator position sen-sor connector. Replace the accel-erator position sensor if defective.
Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-215
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
CB:DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” / “B” VOLTAGE RATIONALITY
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-216
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02440
SBF-8
B134A: B137B136 D:
B362
E1
B20
C: E
EE
D6
D9
38
39
20
19
16 15
E2
B21
E78
2 56 3 14D
4D
5D
2
C1
7
C6
A2
C2
C5
C1
C3
0
36
35
37
D2
4D
23
ECM
57
86
B362 B20B21 E78
1 2 3 45 6 7 89 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
7 8
34
56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
48 49 50 51 52 53 5442 43 44 45 46 47
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331 2 3 45 6 7 8
1 2 78 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 16 17
27 2818 22 23 24 2526
1 28 9
5 63 410 11 12
19 20 2129 30 31
13 14 15 1617 2728
18 22 23 24 25 267
32 33 34 35
B136C: B137D:
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONICTHROTTLE CONTROL
D7
D1
D3
C1
8
B134
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
A:
1
5
7
3
1 34 5 6
2
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
B83
B138
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-217
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 4.
2 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
3 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Go to step 14.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from the elec-tronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:(B136) No. 17 — (E78) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 5. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 24 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 6. Repair the ground short circuit of har-ness.
6 CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 7. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
7 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN ECM.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 — Engine ground:(E78) No. 2 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?
Go to step 8. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
8 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.1) Connect all the connectors.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.63 V?
Go to step 9. Go to step 11.
9 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.73 V?
Go to step 10. Go to step 11.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-218
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
10 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and electronic throttle control.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Temporary poor contact occurred, but it is normal at present.
11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and electronic throttle control connector.
Connector & terminals(B137) No. 23 — (E78) No. 5:(B137) No. 24 — (E78) No. 2:(B136) No. 17 — (E78) No. 4:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 12. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
12 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 1 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 13. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 14. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.Measure the voltage between electronic throt-tle control connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):(E78) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 10 V? Go to step 15. Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.
15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 23 — (B136) No. 17:(B137) No. 24 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 16. Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
16 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON-TROL HARNESS.1) Disconnect the connector from ECM.2) Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.3) Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector terminals.
Connector & terminal(E78) No. 5 — (E78) No. 2:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Repair the short circuit of harness.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-219
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
CC:DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” / “E” VOLTAGE RATIONALITY
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:Immediately at fault recognitionTROUBLE SYMPTOM:• Erroneous idling• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-38, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-32, OPER-ATION, Inspection Mode.>.WIRING DIAGRAM:
EN-02449
E
C: ECMB136
B137D:
B315
ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITION
SENSOR
3 5 4 1 2 6
D2
5
D2
9
D3
1
C1
7
D3
0
C1
8
C2
C6
B21
E2
C5
B83
1 2 3 45 6 7 8
MAIN SUB
B21
1 2 3 412 13 14 15
5 6 7 816 17 18 19
9 10 1120 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
3534 3736 3938 41404342 44 45 4746
4948 5150 5352 54
B137
5 6 78
219
4310
22 2311 12 13 14 15
24 2526
16 1718 19 20 21
27 28 29 30 31
B136
5 67 8
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
1617 18 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31 35
B134A:
C:
D:
B122
B138
51
D1
9C
1
A: B134
A2
37
36
35
5 6 78
219
4310
2422 23 2511 12 13 14 15
26 2728
16 1718 19 20 21
33 3429 3230 31
1 2 3 4 5 6
B315
D1
12
MT
AT
AT
B138 :LHD
B122 :RHD
B83 :LHD
B138 :RHD
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-220
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Step Check Yes No1 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-
SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.2) Read the data of main accelerator position sensor signal and sub accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Go to step 12.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — (B315) No. 5:(B137) No. 25 — (B315) No. 3:(B137) No. 30 — (B315) No. 2:(B136) No. 17 — (B315) No. 1:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 4. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.Measure the resistance between ECM connec-tor and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 25 — Chassis ground:(B137) No. 30 — Chassis ground:(B136) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 5. Repair the ground short circuit of har-ness.
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ACCELERA-TOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):(B315) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V? Go to step 6. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
6 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 3 — No. 4:
Is the resistance 1.2 — 4.8 kΩ?
Go to step 7. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
7 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor.
TerminalsNo. 1 — No. 6:
Is the resistance 0.75 — 3.15 kΩ?
Go to step 8. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
8 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor without depressing the accelerator pedal.
TerminalsNo. 5 — No. 4:
Is the resistance 0.2 — 0.8 kΩ?
Go to step 9. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-221
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
9 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor without depressing the accelerator pedal.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 6:
Is the resistance 0.15 — 0.63 kΩ?
Go to step 10. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
10 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor with the accelerator pedal depressed.
TerminalsNo. 5 — No. 4:
Is the resistance 0.5 — 2.5 kΩ?
Go to step 11. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
11 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR.Measure the resistance of accelerator position sensor with the accelerator pedal depressed.
TerminalsNo. 2 — No. 6:
Is the resistance 0.28 — 1.68 kΩ?
Go to step 12. Replace the accel-erator position sensor.
12 CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SEN-SOR OUTPUT.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Connect all the connectors.3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.4) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal and sub accelerator position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor.
Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 13. Go to step 14.
13 CHECK POOR CONTACT.Check poor contact in connector between ECM and accelerator position sensor.
Is there poor contact? Repair the poor contact.
Go to step 18.
14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from accelerator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nector and accelerator position sensor connec-tor.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 31 — (B315) No. 4:(B136) No. 18 — (B315) No. 6:
Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
Go to step 15. Repair the open circuit of harness connector.
15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Measure the resistance between accelera-tor position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 4 — Engine ground:(B315) No. 6 — Engine ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
Go to step 16. Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
16 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Connect the ECM connector.2) Turn the ignition switch to ON.3) Measure the voltage between accelerator position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):(B315) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
Is the voltage less than 6 V? Go to step 17. Repair the battery short circuit in har-ness between ECM connector and accelerator position sensor connector.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-222
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
17 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Measure the resistance between ECM con-nectors.
Connector & terminal(B137) No. 29 — (B137) No. 25:(B137) No. 29 — (B136) No. 17:(B137) No. 30 — (B137) No. 25:(B137) No. 30 — (B136) No. 17:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Go to step 18. Repair the short circuit to sensor power supply.
18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC-CELERATOR POSITION SENSOR.1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.2) Disconnect the connector from ECM.3) Disconnect the connector from the acceler-ator position sensor.4) Measure the resistance between connector terminals of accelerator position sensor.
Connector & terminal(B315) No. 5 — (B315) No. 2:
Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
Repair the poor contact in ECM connector. Replace the ECM if defective. <Ref. to FU(H4SO 2.0)-34, Engine Con-trol Module (ECM).>
Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM connector and accelerator posi-tion sensor con-nector.
Step Check Yes No
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-223
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Diagnostic Table
19.General Diagnostic TableA: INSPECTION1. ENGINE
NOTE:Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to ME(H4SO 2.0)-83, Engine Trouble inGeneral.>
Symptom Problem parts
1. Engine stalls during idling.
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor2) Intake air temperature sensor3) Ignition parts (*1)4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)5) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)6) Camshaft position sensor (*3)7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
2. Rough idling
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor2) Intake air temperature sensor3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)4) Ignition parts (*1)5) Air intake system (*5)6) Fuel injection parts (*4)7) Electronic throttle control8) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)9) Camshaft position sensor (*3)10) Oxygen sensor11) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay12) EGR valve
3. Engine does not return to idle.
1) Engine coolant temperature sensor2) Electronic throttle control3) Manifold absolute pressure sensor4) Intake air temperature sensor5) EGR valve
4. Poor acceleration
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor2) Intake air temperature sensor3) Electronic throttle control4) Fuel injection parts (*4)5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay6) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)7) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)8) Camshaft position sensor (*3)9) A/C switch and A/C cut relay10) Engine torque control signal circuit11) Ignition parts (*1)12) EGR valve
5. Engine stalls, engine sags or hesitates at accel-eration.
1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor2) Intake air temperature sensor3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)6) Purge control solenoid valve7) Fuel injection parts (*4)8) Electronic throttle control9) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay10) EGR valve
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-224
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Diagnostic Table
*1: Check ignition coil & ignitor ASSY and spark plug. *2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures. *3: Ensure the secure installation. *4: Check the fuel injector and fuel pressure regulator. *5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.
6. Surge
1) Intake air temperature sensor2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)5) Camshaft position sensor (*3)6) Fuel injection parts (*4)7) Electronic throttle control8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay9) EGR valve
7. Spark knock
1) Intake air temperature sensor2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor3) Engine coolant temperature sensor4) Knock sensor5) Fuel injection parts (*4)6) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay7) EGR valve
8. After burning in exhaust system
1) Intake air temperature sensor2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)4) Fuel injection parts (*4)5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
Symptom Problem parts
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-225
ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)General Diagnostic Table
EN(H4SO 2.0)(diag)-226